Content Management

Package gofpdf implements a PDF document generator with high level support for text, drawing and images. - UTF-8 support - Choice of measurement unit, page format and margins - Page header and footer management - Automatic page breaks, line breaks, and text justification - Inclusion of JPEG, PNG, GIF, TIFF and basic path-only SVG images - Colors, gradients and alpha channel transparency - Outline bookmarks - Internal and external links - TrueType, Type1 and encoding support - Page compression - Lines, Bézier curves, arcs, and ellipses - Rotation, scaling, skewing, translation, and mirroring - Clipping - Document protection - Layers - Templates - Barcodes - Charting facility - Import PDFs as templates gofpdf has no dependencies other than the Go standard library. All tests pass on Linux, Mac and Windows platforms. gofpdf supports UTF-8 TrueType fonts and “right-to-left” languages. Note that Chinese, Japanese, and Korean characters may not be included in many general purpose fonts. For these languages, a specialized font (for example, NotoSansSC for simplified Chinese) can be used. Also, support is provided to automatically translate UTF-8 runes to code page encodings for languages that have fewer than 256 glyphs. This repository will not be maintained, at least for some unknown duration. But it is hoped that gofpdf has a bright future in the open source world. Due to Go’s promise of compatibility, gofpdf should continue to function without modification for a longer time than would be the case with many other languages. Forks should be based on the last viable commit. Tools such as active-forks can be used to select a fork that looks promising for your needs. If a particular fork looks like it has taken the lead in attracting followers, this README will be updated to point people in that direction. The efforts of all contributors to this project have been deeply appreciated. Best wishes to all of you. To install the package on your system, run Later, to receive updates, run The following Go code generates a simple PDF file. See the functions in the fpdf_test.go file (shown as examples in this documentation) for more advanced PDF examples. If an error occurs in an Fpdf method, an internal error field is set. After this occurs, Fpdf method calls typically return without performing any operations and the error state is retained. This error management scheme facilitates PDF generation since individual method calls do not need to be examined for failure; it is generally sufficient to wait until after Output() is called. For the same reason, if an error occurs in the calling application during PDF generation, it may be desirable for the application to transfer the error to the Fpdf instance by calling the SetError() method or the SetErrorf() method. At any time during the life cycle of the Fpdf instance, the error state can be determined with a call to Ok() or Err(). The error itself can be retrieved with a call to Error(). This package is a relatively straightforward translation from the original FPDF library written in PHP (despite the caveat in the introduction to Effective Go). The API names have been retained even though the Go idiom would suggest otherwise (for example, pdf.GetX() is used rather than simply pdf.X()). The similarity of the two libraries makes the original FPDF website a good source of information. It includes a forum and FAQ. However, some internal changes have been made. Page content is built up using buffers (of type bytes.Buffer) rather than repeated string concatenation. Errors are handled as explained above rather than panicking. Output is generated through an interface of type io.Writer or io.WriteCloser. A number of the original PHP methods behave differently based on the type of the arguments that are passed to them; in these cases additional methods have been exported to provide similar functionality. Font definition files are produced in JSON rather than PHP. A side effect of running go test ./... is the production of a number of example PDFs. These can be found in the gofpdf/pdf directory after the tests complete. Please note that these examples run in the context of a test. In order run an example as a standalone application, you’ll need to examine fpdf_test.go for some helper routines, for example exampleFilename() and summary(). Example PDFs can be compared with reference copies in order to verify that they have been generated as expected. This comparison will be performed if a PDF with the same name as the example PDF is placed in the gofpdf/pdf/reference directory and if the third argument to ComparePDFFiles() in internal/example/example.go is true. (By default it is false.) The routine that summarizes an example will look for this file and, if found, will call ComparePDFFiles() to check the example PDF for equality with its reference PDF. If differences exist between the two files they will be printed to standard output and the test will fail. If the reference file is missing, the comparison is considered to succeed. In order to successfully compare two PDFs, the placement of internal resources must be consistent and the internal creation timestamps must be the same. To do this, the methods SetCatalogSort() and SetCreationDate() need to be called for both files. This is done automatically for all examples. Nothing special is required to use the standard PDF fonts (courier, helvetica, times, zapfdingbats) in your documents other than calling SetFont(). You should use AddUTF8Font() or AddUTF8FontFromBytes() to add a TrueType UTF-8 encoded font. Use RTL() and LTR() methods switch between “right-to-left” and “left-to-right” mode. In order to use a different non-UTF-8 TrueType or Type1 font, you will need to generate a font definition file and, if the font will be embedded into PDFs, a compressed version of the font file. This is done by calling the MakeFont function or using the included makefont command line utility. To create the utility, cd into the makefont subdirectory and run “go build”. This will produce a standalone executable named makefont. Select the appropriate encoding file from the font subdirectory and run the command as in the following example. In your PDF generation code, call AddFont() to load the font and, as with the standard fonts, SetFont() to begin using it. Most examples, including the package example, demonstrate this method. Good sources of free, open-source fonts include Google Fonts and DejaVu Fonts. The draw2d package is a two dimensional vector graphics library that can generate output in different forms. It uses gofpdf for its document production mode. gofpdf is a global community effort and you are invited to make it even better. If you have implemented a new feature or corrected a problem, please consider contributing your change to the project. A contribution that does not directly pertain to the core functionality of gofpdf should be placed in its own directory directly beneath the contrib directory. Here are guidelines for making submissions. Your change should - be compatible with the MIT License - be properly documented - be formatted with go fmt - include an example in fpdf_test.go if appropriate - conform to the standards of golint and go vet, that is, golint . and go vet . should not generate any warnings - not diminish test coverage Pull requests are the preferred means of accepting your changes. gofpdf is released under the MIT License. It is copyrighted by Kurt Jung and the contributors acknowledged below. This package’s code and documentation are closely derived from the FPDF library created by Olivier Plathey, and a number of font and image resources are copied directly from it. Bruno Michel has provided valuable assistance with the code. Drawing support is adapted from the FPDF geometric figures script by David Hernández Sanz. Transparency support is adapted from the FPDF transparency script by Martin Hall-May. Support for gradients and clipping is adapted from FPDF scripts by Andreas Würmser. Support for outline bookmarks is adapted from Olivier Plathey by Manuel Cornes. Layer support is adapted from Olivier Plathey. Support for transformations is adapted from the FPDF transformation script by Moritz Wagner and Andreas Würmser. PDF protection is adapted from the work of Klemen Vodopivec for the FPDF product. Lawrence Kesteloot provided code to allow an image’s extent to be determined prior to placement. Support for vertical alignment within a cell was provided by Stefan Schroeder. Ivan Daniluk generalized the font and image loading code to use the Reader interface while maintaining backward compatibility. Anthony Starks provided code for the Polygon function. Robert Lillack provided the Beziergon function and corrected some naming issues with the internal curve function. Claudio Felber provided implementations for dashed line drawing and generalized font loading. Stani Michiels provided support for multi-segment path drawing with smooth line joins, line join styles, enhanced fill modes, and has helped greatly with package presentation and tests. Templating is adapted by Marcus Downing from the FPDF_Tpl library created by Jan Slabon and Setasign. Jelmer Snoeck contributed packages that generate a variety of barcodes and help with registering images on the web. Jelmer Snoek and Guillermo Pascual augmented the basic HTML functionality with aligned text. Kent Quirk implemented backwards-compatible support for reading DPI from images that support it, and for setting DPI manually and then having it properly taken into account when calculating image size. Paulo Coutinho provided support for static embedded fonts. Dan Meyers added support for embedded JavaScript. David Fish added a generic alias-replacement function to enable, among other things, table of contents functionality. Andy Bakun identified and corrected a problem in which the internal catalogs were not sorted stably. Paul Montag added encoding and decoding functionality for templates, including images that are embedded in templates; this allows templates to be stored independently of gofpdf. Paul also added support for page boxes used in printing PDF documents. Wojciech Matusiak added supported for word spacing. Artem Korotkiy added support of UTF-8 fonts. Dave Barnes added support for imported objects and templates. Brigham Thompson added support for rounded rectangles. Joe Westcott added underline functionality and optimized image storage. Benoit KUGLER contributed support for rectangles with corners of unequal radius, modification times, and for file attachments and annotations. - Remove all legacy code page font support; use UTF-8 exclusively - Improve test coverage as reported by the coverage tool. Example demonstrates the generation of a simple PDF document. Note that since only core fonts are used (in this case Arial, a synonym for Helvetica), an empty string can be specified for the font directory in the call to New(). Note also that the example.Filename() and example.Summary() functions belong to a separate, internal package and are not part of the gofpdf library. If an error occurs at some point during the construction of the document, subsequent method calls exit immediately and the error is finally retrieved with the output call where it can be handled by the application.

Package gocui allows to create console user interfaces. Create a new GUI: Set GUI managers: Managers are in charge of GUI's layout and can be used to build widgets. On each iteration of the GUI's main loop, the Layout function of each configured manager is executed. Managers are used to set-up and update the application's main views, being possible to freely change them during execution. Also, it is important to mention that a main loop iteration is executed on each reported event (key-press, mouse event, window resize, etc). GUIs are composed by Views, you can think of it as buffers. Views implement the io.ReadWriter interface, so you can just write to them if you want to modify their content. The same is valid for reading. Create and initialize a view with absolute coordinates: Views can also be created using relative coordinates: Configure keybindings: gocui implements full mouse support that can be enabled with: Mouse events are handled like any other keybinding: IMPORTANT: Views can only be created, destroyed or updated in three ways: from the Layout function within managers, from keybinding callbacks or via *Gui.Update(). The reason for this is that it allows gocui to be concurrent-safe. So, if you want to update your GUI from a goroutine, you must use *Gui.Update(). For example: By default, gocui provides a basic edition mode. This mode can be extended and customized creating a new Editor and assigning it to *View.Editor: DefaultEditor can be taken as example to create your own custom Editor: Colored text: Views allow to add colored text using ANSI colors. For example: For more information, see the examples in folder "_examples/".

Package saml contains a partial implementation of the SAML standard in golang. SAML is a standard for identity federation, i.e. either allowing a third party to authenticate your users or allowing third parties to rely on us to authenticate their users. In SAML parlance an Identity Provider (IDP) is a service that knows how to authenticate users. A Service Provider (SP) is a service that delegates authentication to an IDP. If you are building a service where users log in with someone else's credentials, then you are a Service Provider. This package supports implementing both service providers and identity providers. The core package contains the implementation of SAML. The package samlsp provides helper middleware suitable for use in Service Provider applications. The package samlidp provides a rudimentary IDP service that is useful for testing or as a starting point for other integrations. Version 0.4.0 introduces a few breaking changes to the _samlsp_ package in order to make the package more extensible, and to clean up the interfaces a bit. The default behavior remains the same, but you can now provide interface implementations of _RequestTracker_ (which tracks pending requests), _Session_ (which handles maintaining a session) and _OnError_ which handles reporting errors. Public fields of _samlsp.Middleware_ have changed, so some usages may require adjustment. See [issue 231](https://github.com/crewjam/saml/issues/231) for details. The option to provide an IDP metadata URL has been deprecated. Instead, we recommend that you use the `FetchMetadata()` function, or fetch the metadata yourself and use the new `ParseMetadata()` function, and pass the metadata in _samlsp.Options.IDPMetadata_. Similarly, the _HTTPClient_ field is now deprecated because it was only used for fetching metdata, which is no longer directly implemented. The fields that manage how cookies are set are deprecated as well. To customize how cookies are managed, provide custom implementation of _RequestTracker_ and/or _Session_, perhaps by extending the default implementations. The deprecated fields have not been removed from the Options structure, but will be in future. In particular we have deprecated the following fields in _samlsp.Options_: - `Logger` - This was used to emit errors while validating, which is an anti-pattern. - `IDPMetadataURL` - Instead use `FetchMetadata()` - `HTTPClient` - Instead pass httpClient to FetchMetadata - `CookieMaxAge` - Instead assign a custom CookieRequestTracker or CookieSessionProvider - `CookieName` - Instead assign a custom CookieRequestTracker or CookieSessionProvider - `CookieDomain` - Instead assign a custom CookieRequestTracker or CookieSessionProvider - `CookieDomain` - Instead assign a custom CookieRequestTracker or CookieSessionProvider Let us assume we have a simple web application to protect. We'll modify this application so it uses SAML to authenticate users. ```golang package main import ( ) ``` Each service provider must have an self-signed X.509 key pair established. You can generate your own with something like this: We will use `samlsp.Middleware` to wrap the endpoint we want to protect. Middleware provides both an `http.Handler` to serve the SAML specific URLs and a set of wrappers to require the user to be logged in. We also provide the URL where the service provider can fetch the metadata from the IDP at startup. In our case, we'll use [samltest.id](https://samltest.id/), an identity provider designed for testing. ```golang package main import ( ) ``` Next we'll have to register our service provider with the identity provider to establish trust from the service provider to the IDP. For [samltest.id](https://samltest.id/), you can do something like: Navigate to https://samltest.id/upload.php and upload the file you fetched. Now you should be able to authenticate. The flow should look like this: 1. You browse to `localhost:8000/hello` 1. The middleware redirects you to `https://samltest.id/idp/profile/SAML2/Redirect/SSO` 1. samltest.id prompts you for a username and password. 1. samltest.id returns you an HTML document which contains an HTML form setup to POST to `localhost:8000/saml/acs`. The form is automatically submitted if you have javascript enabled. 1. The local service validates the response, issues a session cookie, and redirects you to the original URL, `localhost:8000/hello`. 1. This time when `localhost:8000/hello` is requested there is a valid session and so the main content is served. Please see `example/idp/` for a substantially complete example of how to use the library and helpers to be an identity provider. The SAML standard is huge and complex with many dark corners and strange, unused features. This package implements the most commonly used subset of these features required to provide a single sign on experience. The package supports at least the subset of SAML known as [interoperable SAML](http://saml2int.org). This package supports the Web SSO profile. Message flows from the service provider to the IDP are supported using the HTTP Redirect binding and the HTTP POST binding. Message flows from the IDP to the service provider are supported via the HTTP POST binding. The package can produce signed SAML assertions, and can validate both signed and encrypted SAML assertions. It does not support signed or encrypted requests. The _RelayState_ parameter allows you to pass user state information across the authentication flow. The most common use for this is to allow a user to request a deep link into your site, be redirected through the SAML login flow, and upon successful completion, be directed to the originally requested link, rather than the root. Unfortunately, _RelayState_ is less useful than it could be. Firstly, it is not authenticated, so anything you supply must be signed to avoid XSS or CSRF. Secondly, it is limited to 80 bytes in length, which precludes signing. (See section 3.6.3.1 of SAMLProfiles.) The SAML specification is a collection of PDFs (sadly): - [SAMLCore](http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-core-2.0-os.pdf) defines data types. - [SAMLBindings](http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-bindings-2.0-os.pdf) defines the details of the HTTP requests in play. - [SAMLProfiles](http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-profiles-2.0-os.pdf) describes data flows. - [SAMLConformance](http://docs.oasis-open.org/security/saml/v2.0/saml-conformance-2.0-os.pdf) includes a support matrix for various parts of the protocol. [SAMLtest](https://samltest.id/) is a testing ground for SAML service and identity providers. Please do not report security issues in the issue tracker. Rather, please contact me directly at ross@kndr.org ([PGP Key `78B6038B3B9DFB88`](https://keybase.io/crewjam)).

bindata converts any file into managable Go source code. Useful for embedding binary data into a go program. The file data is optionally gzip compressed before being converted to a raw byte slice. The following paragraphs cover some of the customization options which can be specified in the Config struct, which must be passed into the Translate() call. When used with the `Debug` option, the generated code does not actually include the asset data. Instead, it generates function stubs which load the data from the original file on disk. The asset API remains identical between debug and release builds, so your code will not have to change. This is useful during development when you expect the assets to change often. The host application using these assets uses the same API in both cases and will not have to care where the actual data comes from. An example is a Go webserver with some embedded, static web content like HTML, JS and CSS files. While developing it, you do not want to rebuild the whole server and restart it every time you make a change to a bit of javascript. You just want to build and launch the server once. Then just press refresh in the browser to see those changes. Embedding the assets with the `debug` flag allows you to do just that. When you are finished developing and ready for deployment, just re-invoke `go-bindata` without the `-debug` flag. It will now embed the latest version of the assets. The `NoMemCopy` option will alter the way the output file is generated. It will employ a hack that allows us to read the file data directly from the compiled program's `.rodata` section. This ensures that when we call call our generated function, we omit unnecessary memcopies. The downside of this, is that it requires dependencies on the `reflect` and `unsafe` packages. These may be restricted on platforms like AppEngine and thus prevent you from using this mode. Another disadvantage is that the byte slice we create, is strictly read-only. For most use-cases this is not a problem, but if you ever try to alter the returned byte slice, a runtime panic is thrown. Use this mode only on target platforms where memory constraints are an issue. The default behaviour is to use the old code generation method. This prevents the two previously mentioned issues, but will employ at least one extra memcopy and thus increase memory requirements. For instance, consider the following two examples: This would be the default mode, using an extra memcopy but gives a safe implementation without dependencies on `reflect` and `unsafe`: Here is the same functionality, but uses the `.rodata` hack. The byte slice returned from this example can not be written to without generating a runtime error. The NoCompress option indicates that the supplied assets are *not* GZIP compressed before being turned into Go code. The data should still be accessed through a function call, so nothing changes in the API. This feature is useful if you do not care for compression, or the supplied resource is already compressed. Doing it again would not add any value and may even increase the size of the data. The default behaviour of the program is to use compression. The keys used in the `_bindata` map are the same as the input file name passed to `go-bindata`. This includes the path. In most cases, this is not desireable, as it puts potentially sensitive information in your code base. For this purpose, the tool supplies another command line flag `-prefix`. This accepts a portion of a path name, which should be stripped off from the map keys and function names. For example, running without the `-prefix` flag, we get: Running with the `-prefix` flag, we get: With the optional Tags field, you can specify any go build tags that must be fulfilled for the output file to be included in a build. This is useful when including binary data in multiple formats, where the desired format is specified at build time with the appropriate tags. The tags are appended to a `// +build` line in the beginning of the output file and must follow the build tags syntax specified by the go tool.

Package grab provides a HTTP download manager implementation. Get is the most simple way to download a file: Get will download the given URL and save it to the given destination directory. The destination filename will be determined automatically by grab using Content-Disposition headers returned by the remote server, or by inspecting the requested URL path. An empty destination string or "." means the transfer will be stored in the current working directory. If a destination file already exists, grab will assume it is a complete or partially complete download of the requested file. If the remote server supports resuming interrupted downloads, grab will resume downloading from the end of the partial file. If the server does not support resumed downloads, the file will be retransferred in its entirety. If the file is already complete, grab will return successfully. For control over the HTTP client, destination path, auto-resume, checksum validation and other settings, create a Client: You can monitor the progress of downloads while they are transferring:

bindata converts any file into manageable Go source code. Useful for embedding binary data into a go program. The file data is optionally gzip compressed before being converted to a raw byte slice. The following paragraphs cover some of the customization options which can be specified in the Config struct, which must be passed into the Translate() call. When used with the `Debug` option, the generated code does not actually include the asset data. Instead, it generates function stubs which load the data from the original file on disk. The asset API remains identical between debug and release builds, so your code will not have to change. This is useful during development when you expect the assets to change often. The host application using these assets uses the same API in both cases and will not have to care where the actual data comes from. An example is a Go webserver with some embedded, static web content like HTML, JS and CSS files. While developing it, you do not want to rebuild the whole server and restart it every time you make a change to a bit of javascript. You just want to build and launch the server once. Then just press refresh in the browser to see those changes. Embedding the assets with the `debug` flag allows you to do just that. When you are finished developing and ready for deployment, just re-invoke `go-bindata` without the `-debug` flag. It will now embed the latest version of the assets. The `NoMemCopy` option will alter the way the output file is generated. It will employ a hack that allows us to read the file data directly from the compiled program's `.rodata` section. This ensures that when we call call our generated function, we omit unnecessary memcopies. The downside of this, is that it requires dependencies on the `reflect` and `unsafe` packages. These may be restricted on platforms like AppEngine and thus prevent you from using this mode. Another disadvantage is that the byte slice we create, is strictly read-only. For most use-cases this is not a problem, but if you ever try to alter the returned byte slice, a runtime panic is thrown. Use this mode only on target platforms where memory constraints are an issue. The default behaviour is to use the old code generation method. This prevents the two previously mentioned issues, but will employ at least one extra memcopy and thus increase memory requirements. For instance, consider the following two examples: This would be the default mode, using an extra memcopy but gives a safe implementation without dependencies on `reflect` and `unsafe`: Here is the same functionality, but uses the `.rodata` hack. The byte slice returned from this example can not be written to without generating a runtime error. The NoCompress option indicates that the supplied assets are *not* GZIP compressed before being turned into Go code. The data should still be accessed through a function call, so nothing changes in the API. This feature is useful if you do not care for compression, or the supplied resource is already compressed. Doing it again would not add any value and may even increase the size of the data. The default behaviour of the program is to use compression. The keys used in the `_bindata` map are the same as the input file name passed to `go-bindata`. This includes the path. In most cases, this is not desirable, as it puts potentially sensitive information in your code base. For this purpose, the tool supplies another command line flag `-prefix`. This accepts a portion of a path name, which should be stripped off from the map keys and function names. For example, running without the `-prefix` flag, we get: Running with the `-prefix` flag, we get: With the optional Tags field, you can specify any go build tags that must be fulfilled for the output file to be included in a build. This is useful when including binary data in multiple formats, where the desired format is specified at build time with the appropriate tags. The tags are appended to a `// +build` line in the beginning of the output file and must follow the build tags syntax specified by the go tool.

bindata converts any file into managable Go source code. Useful for embedding binary data into a go program. The file data is optionally gzip compressed before being converted to a raw byte slice. The following paragraphs cover some of the customization options which can be specified in the Config struct, which must be passed into the Translate() call. When used with the `Debug` option, the generated code does not actually include the asset data. Instead, it generates function stubs which load the data from the original file on disk. The asset API remains identical between debug and release builds, so your code will not have to change. This is useful during development when you expect the assets to change often. The host application using these assets uses the same API in both cases and will not have to care where the actual data comes from. An example is a Go webserver with some embedded, static web content like HTML, JS and CSS files. While developing it, you do not want to rebuild the whole server and restart it every time you make a change to a bit of javascript. You just want to build and launch the server once. Then just press refresh in the browser to see those changes. Embedding the assets with the `debug` flag allows you to do just that. When you are finished developing and ready for deployment, just re-invoke `go-bindata` without the `-debug` flag. It will now embed the latest version of the assets. The `NoMemCopy` option will alter the way the output file is generated. It will employ a hack that allows us to read the file data directly from the compiled program's `.rodata` section. This ensures that when we call call our generated function, we omit unnecessary memcopies. The downside of this, is that it requires dependencies on the `reflect` and `unsafe` packages. These may be restricted on platforms like AppEngine and thus prevent you from using this mode. Another disadvantage is that the byte slice we create, is strictly read-only. For most use-cases this is not a problem, but if you ever try to alter the returned byte slice, a runtime panic is thrown. Use this mode only on target platforms where memory constraints are an issue. The default behaviour is to use the old code generation method. This prevents the two previously mentioned issues, but will employ at least one extra memcopy and thus increase memory requirements. For instance, consider the following two examples: This would be the default mode, using an extra memcopy but gives a safe implementation without dependencies on `reflect` and `unsafe`: Here is the same functionality, but uses the `.rodata` hack. The byte slice returned from this example can not be written to without generating a runtime error. The NoCompress option indicates that the supplied assets are *not* GZIP compressed before being turned into Go code. The data should still be accessed through a function call, so nothing changes in the API. This feature is useful if you do not care for compression, or the supplied resource is already compressed. Doing it again would not add any value and may even increase the size of the data. The default behaviour of the program is to use compression. The keys used in the `_bindata` map are the same as the input file name passed to `go-bindata`. This includes the path. In most cases, this is not desireable, as it puts potentially sensitive information in your code base. For this purpose, the tool supplies another command line flag `-prefix`. This accepts a portion of a path name, which should be stripped off from the map keys and function names. For example, running without the `-prefix` flag, we get: Running with the `-prefix` flag, we get: With the optional Tags field, you can specify any go build tags that must be fulfilled for the output file to be included in a build. This is useful when including binary data in multiple formats, where the desired format is specified at build time with the appropriate tags. The tags are appended to a `// +build` line in the beginning of the output file and must follow the build tags syntax specified by the go tool.

Package lightsail provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for Amazon Lightsail. Amazon Lightsail is the easiest way to get started with Amazon Web Services (Amazon Web Services) for developers who need to build websites or web applications. It includes everything you need to launch your project quickly - instances (virtual private servers), container services, storage buckets, managed databases, SSD-based block storage, static IP addresses, load balancers, content delivery network (CDN) distributions, DNS management of registered domains, and resource snapshots (backups) - for a low, predictable monthly price. You can manage your Lightsail resources using the Lightsail console, Lightsail API, Command Line Interface (CLI), or SDKs. For more information about Lightsail concepts and tasks, see the Amazon Lightsail Developer Guide (https://lightsail.aws.amazon.com/ls/docs/en_us/articles/lightsail-how-to-set-up-access-keys-to-use-sdk-api-cli) . This API Reference provides detailed information about the actions, data types, parameters, and errors of the Lightsail service. For more information about the supported Amazon Web Services Regions, endpoints, and service quotas of the Lightsail service, see Amazon Lightsail Endpoints and Quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/lightsail.html) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Package grab provides a HTTP download manager implementation. Get is the most simple way to download a file: Get will download the given URL and save it to the given destination directory. The destination filename will be determined automatically by grab using Content-Disposition headers returned by the remote server, or by inspecting the requested URL path. An empty destination string or "." means the transfer will be stored in the current working directory. If a destination file already exists, grab will assume it is a complete or partially complete download of the requested file. If the remote server supports resuming interrupted downloads, grab will resume downloading from the end of the partial file. If the server does not support resumed downloads, the file will be retransferred in its entirety. If the file is already complete, grab will return successfully. For control over the HTTP client, destination path, auto-resume, checksum validation and other settings, create a Client: You can monitor the progress of downloads while they are transferring:

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package codeartifact provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for CodeArtifact. CodeArtifact is a fully managed artifact repository compatible with language-native package managers and build tools such as npm, Apache Maven, pip, and dotnet. You can use CodeArtifact to share packages with development teams and pull packages. Packages can be pulled from both public and CodeArtifact repositories. You can also create an upstream relationship between a CodeArtifact repository and another repository, which effectively merges their contents from the point of view of a package manager client. CodeArtifact Components Use the information in this guide to help you work with the following CodeArtifact components: CodeArtifact supports these operations:

Package grab provides a HTTP download manager implementation. Get is the most simple way to download a file: Get will download the given URL and save it to the given destination directory. The destination filename will be determined automatically by grab using Content-Disposition headers returned by the remote server, or by inspecting the requested URL path. An empty destination string or "." means the transfer will be stored in the current working directory. If a destination file already exists, grab will assume it is a complete or partially complete download of the requested file. If the remote server supports resuming interrupted downloads, grab will resume downloading from the end of the partial file. If the server does not support resumed downloads, the file will be retransferred in its entirety. If the file is already complete, grab will return successfully. For control over the HTTP client, destination path, auto-resume, checksum validation and other settings, create a Client: You can monitor the progress of downloads while they are transferring:

Package gofpdf implements a PDF document generator with high level support for text, drawing and images. - UTF-8 support - Choice of measurement unit, page format and margins - Page header and footer management - Automatic page breaks, line breaks, and text justification - Inclusion of JPEG, PNG, GIF, TIFF and basic path-only SVG images - Colors, gradients and alpha channel transparency - Outline bookmarks - Internal and external links - TrueType, Type1 and encoding support - Page compression - Lines, Bézier curves, arcs, and ellipses - Rotation, scaling, skewing, translation, and mirroring - Clipping - Document protection - Layers - Templates - Barcodes - Charting facility - Import PDFs as templates gofpdf has no dependencies other than the Go standard library. All tests pass on Linux, Mac and Windows platforms. gofpdf supports UTF-8 TrueType fonts and “right-to-left” languages. Note that Chinese, Japanese, and Korean characters may not be included in many general purpose fonts. For these languages, a specialized font (for example, NotoSansSC for simplified Chinese) can be used. Also, support is provided to automatically translate UTF-8 runes to code page encodings for languages that have fewer than 256 glyphs. This repository will not be maintained, at least for some unknown duration. But it is hoped that gofpdf has a bright future in the open source world. Due to Go’s promise of compatibility, gofpdf should continue to function without modification for a longer time than would be the case with many other languages. Forks should be based on the last viable commit. Tools such as active-forks can be used to select a fork that looks promising for your needs. If a particular fork looks like it has taken the lead in attracting followers, this README will be updated to point people in that direction. The efforts of all contributors to this project have been deeply appreciated. Best wishes to all of you. If you currently use the $GOPATH scheme, install the package with the following command. To test the installation, run The following Go code generates a simple PDF file. See the functions in the fpdf_test.go file (shown as examples in this documentation) for more advanced PDF examples. If an error occurs in an Fpdf method, an internal error field is set. After this occurs, Fpdf method calls typically return without performing any operations and the error state is retained. This error management scheme facilitates PDF generation since individual method calls do not need to be examined for failure; it is generally sufficient to wait until after Output() is called. For the same reason, if an error occurs in the calling application during PDF generation, it may be desirable for the application to transfer the error to the Fpdf instance by calling the SetError() method or the SetErrorf() method. At any time during the life cycle of the Fpdf instance, the error state can be determined with a call to Ok() or Err(). The error itself can be retrieved with a call to Error(). This package is a relatively straightforward translation from the original FPDF library written in PHP (despite the caveat in the introduction to Effective Go). The API names have been retained even though the Go idiom would suggest otherwise (for example, pdf.GetX() is used rather than simply pdf.X()). The similarity of the two libraries makes the original FPDF website a good source of information. It includes a forum and FAQ. However, some internal changes have been made. Page content is built up using buffers (of type bytes.Buffer) rather than repeated string concatenation. Errors are handled as explained above rather than panicking. Output is generated through an interface of type io.Writer or io.WriteCloser. A number of the original PHP methods behave differently based on the type of the arguments that are passed to them; in these cases additional methods have been exported to provide similar functionality. Font definition files are produced in JSON rather than PHP. A side effect of running go test ./... is the production of a number of example PDFs. These can be found in the gofpdf/pdf directory after the tests complete. Please note that these examples run in the context of a test. In order run an example as a standalone application, you’ll need to examine fpdf_test.go for some helper routines, for example exampleFilename() and summary(). Example PDFs can be compared with reference copies in order to verify that they have been generated as expected. This comparison will be performed if a PDF with the same name as the example PDF is placed in the gofpdf/pdf/reference directory and if the third argument to ComparePDFFiles() in internal/example/example.go is true. (By default it is false.) The routine that summarizes an example will look for this file and, if found, will call ComparePDFFiles() to check the example PDF for equality with its reference PDF. If differences exist between the two files they will be printed to standard output and the test will fail. If the reference file is missing, the comparison is considered to succeed. In order to successfully compare two PDFs, the placement of internal resources must be consistent and the internal creation timestamps must be the same. To do this, the methods SetCatalogSort() and SetCreationDate() need to be called for both files. This is done automatically for all examples. Nothing special is required to use the standard PDF fonts (courier, helvetica, times, zapfdingbats) in your documents other than calling SetFont(). You should use AddUTF8Font() or AddUTF8FontFromBytes() to add a TrueType UTF-8 encoded font. Use RTL() and LTR() methods switch between “right-to-left” and “left-to-right” mode. In order to use a different non-UTF-8 TrueType or Type1 font, you will need to generate a font definition file and, if the font will be embedded into PDFs, a compressed version of the font file. This is done by calling the MakeFont function or using the included makefont command line utility. To create the utility, cd into the makefont subdirectory and run “go build”. This will produce a standalone executable named makefont. Select the appropriate encoding file from the font subdirectory and run the command as in the following example. In your PDF generation code, call AddFont() to load the font and, as with the standard fonts, SetFont() to begin using it. Most examples, including the package example, demonstrate this method. Good sources of free, open-source fonts include Google Fonts and DejaVu Fonts. The draw2d package is a two dimensional vector graphics library that can generate output in different forms. It uses gofpdf for its document production mode. gofpdf is a global community effort and you are invited to make it even better. If you have implemented a new feature or corrected a problem, please consider contributing your change to the project. A contribution that does not directly pertain to the core functionality of gofpdf should be placed in its own directory directly beneath the contrib directory. Here are guidelines for making submissions. Your change should - be compatible with the MIT License - be properly documented - be formatted with go fmt - include an example in fpdf_test.go if appropriate - conform to the standards of golint and go vet, that is, golint . and go vet . should not generate any warnings - not diminish test coverage Pull requests are the preferred means of accepting your changes. gofpdf is released under the MIT License. It is copyrighted by Kurt Jung and the contributors acknowledged below. This package’s code and documentation are closely derived from the FPDF library created by Olivier Plathey, and a number of font and image resources are copied directly from it. Bruno Michel has provided valuable assistance with the code. Drawing support is adapted from the FPDF geometric figures script by David Hernández Sanz. Transparency support is adapted from the FPDF transparency script by Martin Hall-May. Support for gradients and clipping is adapted from FPDF scripts by Andreas Würmser. Support for outline bookmarks is adapted from Olivier Plathey by Manuel Cornes. Layer support is adapted from Olivier Plathey. Support for transformations is adapted from the FPDF transformation script by Moritz Wagner and Andreas Würmser. PDF protection is adapted from the work of Klemen Vodopivec for the FPDF product. Lawrence Kesteloot provided code to allow an image’s extent to be determined prior to placement. Support for vertical alignment within a cell was provided by Stefan Schroeder. Ivan Daniluk generalized the font and image loading code to use the Reader interface while maintaining backward compatibility. Anthony Starks provided code for the Polygon function. Robert Lillack provided the Beziergon function and corrected some naming issues with the internal curve function. Claudio Felber provided implementations for dashed line drawing and generalized font loading. Stani Michiels provided support for multi-segment path drawing with smooth line joins, line join styles, enhanced fill modes, and has helped greatly with package presentation and tests. Templating is adapted by Marcus Downing from the FPDF_Tpl library created by Jan Slabon and Setasign. Jelmer Snoeck contributed packages that generate a variety of barcodes and help with registering images on the web. Jelmer Snoek and Guillermo Pascual augmented the basic HTML functionality with aligned text. Kent Quirk implemented backwards-compatible support for reading DPI from images that support it, and for setting DPI manually and then having it properly taken into account when calculating image size. Paulo Coutinho provided support for static embedded fonts. Dan Meyers added support for embedded JavaScript. David Fish added a generic alias-replacement function to enable, among other things, table of contents functionality. Andy Bakun identified and corrected a problem in which the internal catalogs were not sorted stably. Paul Montag added encoding and decoding functionality for templates, including images that are embedded in templates; this allows templates to be stored independently of gofpdf. Paul also added support for page boxes used in printing PDF documents. Wojciech Matusiak added supported for word spacing. Artem Korotkiy added support of UTF-8 fonts. Dave Barnes added support for imported objects and templates. Brigham Thompson added support for rounded rectangles. Joe Westcott added underline functionality and optimized image storage. Benoit KUGLER contributed support for rectangles with corners of unequal radius, modification times, and for file attachments and annotations. - Remove all legacy code page font support; use UTF-8 exclusively - Improve test coverage as reported by the coverage tool. Example demonstrates the generation of a simple PDF document. Note that since only core fonts are used (in this case Arial, a synonym for Helvetica), an empty string can be specified for the font directory in the call to New(). Note also that the example.Filename() and example.Summary() functions belong to a separate, internal package and are not part of the gofpdf library. If an error occurs at some point during the construction of the document, subsequent method calls exit immediately and the error is finally retrieved with the output call where it can be handled by the application.

Package goparquet is an implementation of the parquet file format in Go. It provides functionality to both read and write parquet files, as well as high-level functionality to manage the data schema of parquet files, to directly write Go objects to parquet files using automatic or custom marshalling and to read records from parquet files into Go objects using automatic or custom marshalling. parquet is a file format to store nested data structures in a flat columnar format. By storing in a column-oriented way, it allows for efficient reading of individual columns without having to read and decode complete rows. This allows for efficient reading and faster processing when using the file format in conjunction with distributed data processing frameworks like Apache Hadoop or distributed SQL query engines like Presto and AWS Athena. This particular implementation is divided into several packages. The top-level package that you're currently viewing is the low-level implementation of the file format. It is accompanied by the sub-packages parquetschema and floor. parquetschema provides functionality to parse textual schema definitions as well as the data types to manually or programmatically construct schema definitions by other means that are open to the user. The textual schema definition format is based on the barely documented schema definition format that is implemented in the parquet Java implementation. See the parquetschema sub-package for further documentation on how to use this package and the grammar of the schema definition format as well as examples. floor is a high-level wrapper around the low-level package. It provides functionality to open parquet files to read from them or to write to them. When reading from parquet files, floor takes care of automatically unmarshal the low-level data into the user-provided Go object. When writing to parquet files, user-provided Go objects are first marshalled to a low-level data structure that is then written to the parquet file. These mechanisms allow to directly read and write Go objects without having to deal with the details of the low-level parquet format. Alternatively, marshalling and unmarshalling can be implemented in a custom manner, giving the user maximum flexibility in case of disparities between the parquet schema definition and the actual Go data structure. For more information, please refer to the floor sub-package's documentation. To aid in working with parquet files, this package also provides a commandline tool named "parquet-tool" that allows you to inspect a parquet file's schema, meta data, row count and content as well as to merge and split parquet files. When operating with parquet files, most users should be able to cover their regular use cases of reading and writing files using just the high-level floor package as well as the parquetschema package. Only if a user has more special requirements in how to work with the parquet files, it is advisable to use this low-level package. To write to a parquet file, the type provided by this package is the FileWriter. Create a new *FileWriter object using the NewFileWriter function. You have a number of options available with which you can influence the FileWriter's behaviour. You can use these options to e.g. set meta data, the compression algorithm to use, the schema definition to use, or whether the data should be written in the V2 format. If you didn't set a schema definition, you then need to manually create columns using the functions NewDataColumn, NewListColumn and NewMapColumn, and then add them to the FileWriter by using the AddColumn method. To further structure your data into groups, use AddGroup to create groups. When you add columns to groups, you need to provide the full column name using dotted notation (e.g. "groupname.fieldname") to AddColumn. Using the AddData method, you can then add records. The provided data is of type map[string]interface{}. This data can be nested: to provide data for a repeated field, the data type to use for the map value is []interface{}. When the provided data is a group, the data type for the group itself again needs to be map[string]interface{}. The data within a parquet file is divided into row groups of a certain size. You can either set the desired row group size as a FileWriterOption, or you can manually check the estimated data size of the current row group using the CurrentRowGroupSize method, and use FlushRowGroup to write the data to disk and start a new row group. Please note that CurrentRowGroupSize only estimates the _uncompressed_ data size. If you've enabled compression, it is impossible to predict the compressed data size, so the actual row groups written to disk may be a lot smaller than uncompressed, depending on how efficiently your data can be compressed. When you're done writing, always use the Close method to flush any remaining data and to write the file's footer. To read from files, create a FileReader object using the NewFileReader function. You can optionally provide a list of columns to read. If these are set, only these columns are read from the file, while all other columns are ignored. If no columns are proided, then all columns are read. With the FileReader, you can then go through the row groups (using PreLoad and SkipRowGroup). and iterate through the row data in each row group (using NextRow). To find out how many rows to expect in total and per row group, use the NumRows and RowGroupNumRows methods. The number of row groups can be determined using the RowGroupCount method.

Package config is a go config management implement. support YAML,TOML,JSON,INI,HCL format. Source code and other details for the project are available at GitHub: JSON format content example: Usage please see example(more example please see examples folder in the lib):

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: Dedicated endpoints are the endpoint templates defined by the service for a specific realm at client level. OCI Go SDK allows you to enable the use of these realm-specific endpoint templates feature at application level and at client level. The value set at client level takes precedence over the value set at the application level. This feature is disabled by default. For reference, please refer https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go#L222-L251 The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. You can also enable logs by code. For example This way you enable debug logs by code. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package gocui allows to create console user interfaces. Create a new GUI: Set GUI managers: Managers are in charge of GUI's layout and can be used to build widgets. On each iteration of the GUI's main loop, the Layout function of each configured manager is executed. Managers are used to set-up and update the application's main views, being possible to freely change them during execution. Also, it is important to mention that a main loop iteration is executed on each reported event (key-press, mouse event, window resize, etc). GUIs are composed by Views, you can think of it as buffers. Views implement the io.ReadWriter interface, so you can just write to them if you want to modify their content. The same is valid for reading. Create and initialize a view with absolute coordinates: Views can also be created using relative coordinates: Configure keybindings: gocui implements full mouse support that can be enabled with: Mouse events are handled like any other keybinding: IMPORTANT: Views can only be created, destroyed or updated in three ways: from the Layout function within managers, from keybinding callbacks or via *Gui.Update(). The reason for this is that it allows gocui to be concurrent-safe. So, if you want to update your GUI from a goroutine, you must use *Gui.Update(). For example: By default, gocui provides a basic editing mode. This mode can be extended and customized creating a new Editor and assigning it to *View.Editor: DefaultEditor can be taken as example to create your own custom Editor: Colored text: Views allow to add colored text using ANSI colors. For example: For more information, see the examples in folder "_examples/".

Package gofpdf implements a PDF document generator with high level support for text, drawing and images. - UTF-8 support - Choice of measurement unit, page format and margins - Page header and footer management - Automatic page breaks, line breaks, and text justification - Inclusion of JPEG, PNG, GIF, TIFF and basic path-only SVG images - Colors, gradients and alpha channel transparency - Outline bookmarks - Internal and external links - TrueType, Type1 and encoding support - Page compression - Lines, Bézier curves, arcs, and ellipses - Rotation, scaling, skewing, translation, and mirroring - Clipping - Document protection - Layers - Templates - Barcodes - Charting facility - Import PDFs as templates gofpdf has no dependencies other than the Go standard library. All tests pass on Linux, Mac and Windows platforms. gofpdf supports UTF-8 TrueType fonts and “right-to-left” languages. Note that Chinese, Japanese, and Korean characters may not be included in many general purpose fonts. For these languages, a specialized font (for example, NotoSansSC for simplified Chinese) can be used. Also, support is provided to automatically translate UTF-8 runes to code page encodings for languages that have fewer than 256 glyphs. This repository will not be maintained, at least for some unknown duration. But it is hoped that gofpdf has a bright future in the open source world. Due to Go’s promise of compatibility, gofpdf should continue to function without modification for a longer time than would be the case with many other languages. Forks should be based on the last viable commit. Tools such as active-forks can be used to select a fork that looks promising for your needs. If a particular fork looks like it has taken the lead in attracting followers, this README will be updated to point people in that direction. The efforts of all contributors to this project have been deeply appreciated. Best wishes to all of you. To install the package on your system, run Later, to receive updates, run The following Go code generates a simple PDF file. See the functions in the fpdf_test.go file (shown as examples in this documentation) for more advanced PDF examples. If an error occurs in an Fpdf method, an internal error field is set. After this occurs, Fpdf method calls typically return without performing any operations and the error state is retained. This error management scheme facilitates PDF generation since individual method calls do not need to be examined for failure; it is generally sufficient to wait until after Output() is called. For the same reason, if an error occurs in the calling application during PDF generation, it may be desirable for the application to transfer the error to the Fpdf instance by calling the SetError() method or the SetErrorf() method. At any time during the life cycle of the Fpdf instance, the error state can be determined with a call to Ok() or Err(). The error itself can be retrieved with a call to Error(). This package is a relatively straightforward translation from the original FPDF library written in PHP (despite the caveat in the introduction to Effective Go). The API names have been retained even though the Go idiom would suggest otherwise (for example, pdf.GetX() is used rather than simply pdf.X()). The similarity of the two libraries makes the original FPDF website a good source of information. It includes a forum and FAQ. However, some internal changes have been made. Page content is built up using buffers (of type bytes.Buffer) rather than repeated string concatenation. Errors are handled as explained above rather than panicking. Output is generated through an interface of type io.Writer or io.WriteCloser. A number of the original PHP methods behave differently based on the type of the arguments that are passed to them; in these cases additional methods have been exported to provide similar functionality. Font definition files are produced in JSON rather than PHP. A side effect of running go test ./... is the production of a number of example PDFs. These can be found in the gofpdf/pdf directory after the tests complete. Please note that these examples run in the context of a test. In order run an example as a standalone application, you’ll need to examine fpdf_test.go for some helper routines, for example exampleFilename() and summary(). Example PDFs can be compared with reference copies in order to verify that they have been generated as expected. This comparison will be performed if a PDF with the same name as the example PDF is placed in the gofpdf/pdf/reference directory and if the third argument to ComparePDFFiles() in internal/example/example.go is true. (By default it is false.) The routine that summarizes an example will look for this file and, if found, will call ComparePDFFiles() to check the example PDF for equality with its reference PDF. If differences exist between the two files they will be printed to standard output and the test will fail. If the reference file is missing, the comparison is considered to succeed. In order to successfully compare two PDFs, the placement of internal resources must be consistent and the internal creation timestamps must be the same. To do this, the methods SetCatalogSort() and SetCreationDate() need to be called for both files. This is done automatically for all examples. Nothing special is required to use the standard PDF fonts (courier, helvetica, times, zapfdingbats) in your documents other than calling SetFont(). You should use AddUTF8Font() or AddUTF8FontFromBytes() to add a TrueType UTF-8 encoded font. Use RTL() and LTR() methods switch between “right-to-left” and “left-to-right” mode. In order to use a different non-UTF-8 TrueType or Type1 font, you will need to generate a font definition file and, if the font will be embedded into PDFs, a compressed version of the font file. This is done by calling the MakeFont function or using the included makefont command line utility. To create the utility, cd into the makefont subdirectory and run “go build”. This will produce a standalone executable named makefont. Select the appropriate encoding file from the font subdirectory and run the command as in the following example. In your PDF generation code, call AddFont() to load the font and, as with the standard fonts, SetFont() to begin using it. Most examples, including the package example, demonstrate this method. Good sources of free, open-source fonts include Google Fonts and DejaVu Fonts. The draw2d package is a two dimensional vector graphics library that can generate output in different forms. It uses gofpdf for its document production mode. gofpdf is a global community effort and you are invited to make it even better. If you have implemented a new feature or corrected a problem, please consider contributing your change to the project. A contribution that does not directly pertain to the core functionality of gofpdf should be placed in its own directory directly beneath the contrib directory. Here are guidelines for making submissions. Your change should - be compatible with the MIT License - be properly documented - be formatted with go fmt - include an example in fpdf_test.go if appropriate - conform to the standards of golint and go vet, that is, golint . and go vet . should not generate any warnings - not diminish test coverage Pull requests are the preferred means of accepting your changes. gofpdf is released under the MIT License. It is copyrighted by Kurt Jung and the contributors acknowledged below. This package’s code and documentation are closely derived from the FPDF library created by Olivier Plathey, and a number of font and image resources are copied directly from it. Bruno Michel has provided valuable assistance with the code. Drawing support is adapted from the FPDF geometric figures script by David Hernández Sanz. Transparency support is adapted from the FPDF transparency script by Martin Hall-May. Support for gradients and clipping is adapted from FPDF scripts by Andreas Würmser. Support for outline bookmarks is adapted from Olivier Plathey by Manuel Cornes. Layer support is adapted from Olivier Plathey. Support for transformations is adapted from the FPDF transformation script by Moritz Wagner and Andreas Würmser. PDF protection is adapted from the work of Klemen Vodopivec for the FPDF product. Lawrence Kesteloot provided code to allow an image’s extent to be determined prior to placement. Support for vertical alignment within a cell was provided by Stefan Schroeder. Ivan Daniluk generalized the font and image loading code to use the Reader interface while maintaining backward compatibility. Anthony Starks provided code for the Polygon function. Robert Lillack provided the Beziergon function and corrected some naming issues with the internal curve function. Claudio Felber provided implementations for dashed line drawing and generalized font loading. Stani Michiels provided support for multi-segment path drawing with smooth line joins, line join styles, enhanced fill modes, and has helped greatly with package presentation and tests. Templating is adapted by Marcus Downing from the FPDF_Tpl library created by Jan Slabon and Setasign. Jelmer Snoeck contributed packages that generate a variety of barcodes and help with registering images on the web. Jelmer Snoek and Guillermo Pascual augmented the basic HTML functionality with aligned text. Kent Quirk implemented backwards-compatible support for reading DPI from images that support it, and for setting DPI manually and then having it properly taken into account when calculating image size. Paulo Coutinho provided support for static embedded fonts. Dan Meyers added support for embedded JavaScript. David Fish added a generic alias-replacement function to enable, among other things, table of contents functionality. Andy Bakun identified and corrected a problem in which the internal catalogs were not sorted stably. Paul Montag added encoding and decoding functionality for templates, including images that are embedded in templates; this allows templates to be stored independently of gofpdf. Paul also added support for page boxes used in printing PDF documents. Wojciech Matusiak added supported for word spacing. Artem Korotkiy added support of UTF-8 fonts. Dave Barnes added support for imported objects and templates. Brigham Thompson added support for rounded rectangles. Joe Westcott added underline functionality and optimized image storage. Benoit KUGLER contributed support for rectangles with corners of unequal radius, modification times, and for file attachments and annotations. - Remove all legacy code page font support; use UTF-8 exclusively - Improve test coverage as reported by the coverage tool. Example demonstrates the generation of a simple PDF document. Note that since only core fonts are used (in this case Arial, a synonym for Helvetica), an empty string can be specified for the font directory in the call to New(). Note also that the example.Filename() and example.Summary() functions belong to a separate, internal package and are not part of the gofpdf library. If an error occurs at some point during the construction of the document, subsequent method calls exit immediately and the error is finally retrieved with the output call where it can be handled by the application.

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package ora implements an Oracle database driver. ### Golang Oracle Database Driver ### #### TL;DR; just use it #### Call stored procedure with OUT parameters: An Oracle database may be accessed through the database/sql(http://golang.org/pkg/database/sql) package or through the ora package directly. database/sql offers connection pooling, thread safety, a consistent API to multiple database technologies and a common set of Go types. The ora package offers additional features including pointers, slices, nullable types, numerics of various sizes, Oracle-specific types, Go return type configuration, and Oracle abstractions such as environment, server and session. The ora package is written with the Oracle Call Interface (OCI) C-language libraries provided by Oracle. The OCI libraries are a standard for client application communication and driver communication with Oracle databases. The ora package has been verified to work with: * Oracle Standard 11g (11.2.0.4.0), Linux x86_64 (RHEL6) * Oracle Enterprise 12c (12.1.0.1.0), Windows 8.1 and AMD64. --- * [Installation](https://github.com/rana/ora#installation) * [Data Types](https://github.com/rana/ora#data-types) * [SQL Placeholder Syntax](https://github.com/rana/ora#sql-placeholder-syntax) * [Working With The Sql Package](https://github.com/rana/ora#working-with-the-sql-package) * [Working With The Oracle Package Directly](https://github.com/rana/ora#working-with-the-oracle-package-directly) * [Logging](https://github.com/rana/ora#logging) * [Test Database Setup](https://github.com/rana/ora#test-database-setup) * [Limitations](https://github.com/rana/ora#limitations) * [License](https://github.com/rana/ora#license) * [API Reference](http://godoc.org/github.com/rana/ora#pkg-index) * [Examples](./examples) --- Minimum requirements are Go 1.3 with CGO enabled, a GCC C compiler, and Oracle 11g (11.2.0.4.0) or Oracle Instant Client (11.2.0.4.0). Install Oracle or Oracle Instant Client. Copy the [oci8.pc](contrib/oci8.pc) from the `contrib` folder (or the one for your system, maybe tailored to your specific locations) to a folder in `$PKG_CONFIG_PATH` or a system folder, such as The ora package has no external Go dependencies and is available on GitHub and gopkg.in: *WARNING*: If you have Oracle Instant Client 11.2, you'll need to add "=lnnz11" to the list of linked libs! Otherwise, you may encounter "undefined reference to `nzosSCSP_SetCertSelectionParams' " errors. Oracle Instant Client 12.1 does not need this. The ora package supports all built-in Oracle data types. The supported Oracle built-in data types are NUMBER, BINARY_DOUBLE, BINARY_FLOAT, FLOAT, DATE, TIMESTAMP, TIMESTAMP WITH TIME ZONE, TIMESTAMP WITH LOCAL TIME ZONE, INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH, INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND, CHAR, NCHAR, VARCHAR, VARCHAR2, NVARCHAR2, LONG, CLOB, NCLOB, BLOB, LONG RAW, RAW, ROWID and BFILE. SYS_REFCURSOR is also supported. Oracle does not provide a built-in boolean type. Oracle provides a single-byte character type. A common practice is to define two single-byte characters which represent true and false. The ora package adopts this approach. The oracle package associates a Go bool value to a Go rune and sends and receives the rune to a CHAR(1 BYTE) column or CHAR(1 CHAR) column. The default false rune is zero '0'. The default true rune is one '1'. The bool rune association may be configured or disabled when directly using the ora package but not with the database/sql package. Within a SQL string a placeholder may be specified to indicate where a Go variable is placed. The SQL placeholder is an Oracle identifier, from 1 to 30 characters, prefixed with a colon (:). For example: Placeholders within a SQL statement are bound by position. The actual name is not used by the ora package driver e.g., placeholder names :c1, :1, or :xyz are treated equally. The `database/sql` package provides a LastInsertId method to return the last inserted row's id. Oracle does not provide such functionality, but if you append `... RETURNING col /*LastInsertId*/` to your SQL, then it will be presented as LastInsertId. Note that you have to mark with a `/*LastInsertId*/` (case insensitive) your `RETURNING` part, to allow ora to return the last column as `LastInsertId()`. That column must fit in `int64`, though! You may access an Oracle database through the database/sql package. The database/sql package offers a consistent API across different databases, connection pooling, thread safety and a set of common Go types. database/sql makes working with Oracle straight-forward. The ora package implements interfaces in the database/sql/driver package enabling database/sql to communicate with an Oracle database. Using database/sql ensures you never have to call the ora package directly. When using database/sql, the mapping between Go types and Oracle types may be changed slightly. The database/sql package has strict expectations on Go return types. The Go-to-Oracle type mapping for database/sql is: The "ora" driver is automatically registered for use with sql.Open, but you can call ora.SetCfg to set the used configuration options including statement configuration and Rset configuration. When configuring the driver for use with database/sql, keep in mind that database/sql has strict Go type-to-Oracle type mapping expectations. The ora package allows programming with pointers, slices, nullable types, numerics of various sizes, Oracle-specific types, Go return type configuration, and Oracle abstractions such as environment, server and session. When working with the ora package directly, the API is slightly different than database/sql. When using the ora package directly, the mapping between Go types and Oracle types may be changed. The Go-to-Oracle type mapping for the ora package is: An example of using the ora package directly: Pointers may be used to capture out-bound values from a SQL statement such as an insert or stored procedure call. For example, a numeric pointer captures an identity value: A string pointer captures an out parameter from a stored procedure: Slices may be used to insert multiple records with a single insert statement: The ora package provides nullable Go types to support DML operations such as insert and select. The nullable Go types provided by the ora package are Int64, Int32, Int16, Int8, Uint64, Uint32, Uint16, Uint8, Float64, Float32, Time, IntervalYM, IntervalDS, String, Bool, Binary and Bfile. For example, you may insert nullable Strings and select nullable Strings: The `Stmt.Prep` method is variadic accepting zero or more `GoColumnType` which define a Go return type for a select-list column. For example, a Prep call can be configured to return an int64 and a nullable Int64 from the same column: Go numerics of various sizes are supported in DML operations. The ora package supports int64, int32, int16, int8, uint64, uint32, uint16, uint8, float64 and float32. For example, you may insert a uint16 and select numerics of various sizes: If a non-nullable type is defined for a nullable column returning null, the Go type's zero value is returned. GoColumnTypes defined by the ora package are: When Stmt.Prep doesn't receive a GoColumnType, or receives an incorrect GoColumnType, the default value defined in RsetCfg is used. EnvCfg, SrvCfg, SesCfg, StmtCfg and RsetCfg are the main configuration structs. EnvCfg configures aspects of an Env. SrvCfg configures aspects of a Srv. SesCfg configures aspects of a Ses. StmtCfg configures aspects of a Stmt. RsetCfg configures aspects of Rset. StmtCfg and RsetCfg have the most options to configure. RsetCfg defines the default mapping between an Oracle select-list column and a Go type. StmtCfg may be set in an EnvCfg, SrvCfg, SesCfg and StmtCfg. RsetCfg may be set in a Stmt. EnvCfg.StmtCfg, SrvCfg.StmtCfg, SesCfg.StmtCfg may optionally be specified to configure a statement. If StmtCfg isn't specified default values are applied. EnvCfg.StmtCfg, SrvCfg.StmtCfg, SesCfg.StmtCfg cascade to new descendent structs. When ora.OpenEnv() is called a specified EnvCfg is used or a default EnvCfg is created. Creating a Srv with env.OpenSrv() will use SrvCfg.StmtCfg if it is specified; otherwise, EnvCfg.StmtCfg is copied by value to SrvCfg.StmtCfg. Creating a Ses with srv.OpenSes() will use SesCfg.StmtCfg if it is specified; otherwise, SrvCfg.StmtCfg is copied by value to SesCfg.StmtCfg. Creating a Stmt with ses.Prep() will use SesCfg.StmtCfg if it is specified; otherwise, a new StmtCfg with default values is set on the Stmt. Call Stmt.Cfg() to change a Stmt's configuration. An Env may contain multiple Srv. A Srv may contain multiple Ses. A Ses may contain multiple Stmt. A Stmt may contain multiple Rset. Setting a RsetCfg on a StmtCfg does not cascade through descendent structs. Configuration of Stmt.Cfg takes effect prior to calls to Stmt.Exe and Stmt.Qry; consequently, any updates to Stmt.Cfg after a call to Stmt.Exe or Stmt.Qry are not observed. One configuration scenario may be to set a server's select statements to return nullable Go types by default: Another scenario may be to configure the runes mapped to bool values: Oracle-specific types offered by the ora package are ora.Rset, ora.IntervalYM, ora.IntervalDS, ora.Raw, ora.Lob and ora.Bfile. ora.Rset represents an Oracle SYS_REFCURSOR. ora.IntervalYM represents an Oracle INTERVAL YEAR TO MONTH. ora.IntervalDS represents an Oracle INTERVAL DAY TO SECOND. ora.Raw represents an Oracle RAW or LONG RAW. ora.Lob may represent an Oracle BLOB or Oracle CLOB. And ora.Bfile represents an Oracle BFILE. ROWID columns are returned as strings and don't have a unique Go type. #### LOBs The default for SELECTing [BC]LOB columns is a safe Bin or S, which means all the contents of the LOB is slurped into memory and returned as a []byte or string. The DefaultLOBFetchLen says LOBs are prefetched only a minimal way, to minimize extra memory usage - you can override this using `stmt.SetCfg(stmt.Cfg().SetLOBFetchLen(100))`. If you want more control, you can use ora.L in Prep, Qry or `ses.SetCfg(ses.Cfg().SetBlob(ora.L))`. But keep in mind that Oracle restricts the use of LOBs: it is forbidden to do ANYTHING while reading the LOB! No another query, no exec, no close of the Rset - even *advance* to the next record in the result set is forbidden! Failing to adhere these rules results in "Invalid handle" and ORA-03127 errors. You cannot start reading another LOB till you haven't finished reading the previous LOB, not even in the same row! Failing this results in ORA-24804! For examples, see [z_lob_test.go](z_lob_test.go). #### Rset Rset is used to obtain Go values from a SQL select statement. Methods Rset.Next, Rset.NextRow, and Rset.Len are available. Fields Rset.Row, Rset.Err, Rset.Index, and Rset.ColumnNames are also available. The Next method attempts to load data from an Oracle buffer into Row, returning true when successful. When no data is available, or if an error occurs, Next returns false setting Row to nil. Any error in Next is assigned to Err. Calling Next increments Index and method Len returns the total number of rows processed. The NextRow method is convenient for returning a single row. NextRow calls Next and returns Row. ColumnNames returns the names of columns defined by the SQL select statement. Rset has two usages. Rset may be returned from Stmt.Qry when prepared with a SQL select statement: Or, *Rset may be passed to Stmt.Exe when prepared with a stored procedure accepting an OUT SYS_REFCURSOR parameter: Stored procedures with multiple OUT SYS_REFCURSOR parameters enable a single Exe call to obtain multiple Rsets: The types of values assigned to Row may be configured in StmtCfg.Rset. For configuration to take effect, assign StmtCfg.Rset prior to calling Stmt.Qry or Stmt.Exe. Rset prefetching may be controlled by StmtCfg.PrefetchRowCount and StmtCfg.PrefetchMemorySize. PrefetchRowCount works in coordination with PrefetchMemorySize. When PrefetchRowCount is set to zero only PrefetchMemorySize is used; otherwise, the minimum of PrefetchRowCount and PrefetchMemorySize is used. The default uses a PrefetchMemorySize of 134MB. Opening and closing Rsets is managed internally. Rset does not have an Open method or Close method. IntervalYM may be be inserted and selected: IntervalDS may be be inserted and selected: Transactions on an Oracle server are supported. DML statements auto-commit unless a transaction has started: Ses.PrepAndExe, Ses.PrepAndQry, Ses.Ins, Ses.Upd, and Ses.Sel are convenient one-line methods. Ses.PrepAndExe offers a convenient one-line call to Ses.Prep and Stmt.Exe. Ses.PrepAndQry offers a convenient one-line call to Ses.Prep and Stmt.Qry. Ses.Ins composes, prepares and executes a sql INSERT statement. Ses.Ins is useful when you have to create and maintain a simple INSERT statement with a long list of columns. As table columns are added and dropped over the lifetime of a table Ses.Ins is easy to read and revise. Ses.Upd composes, prepares and executes a sql UPDATE statement. Ses.Upd is useful when you have to create and maintain a simple UPDATE statement with a long list of columns. As table columns are added and dropped over the lifetime of a table Ses.Upd is easy to read and revise. Ses.Sel composes, prepares and queries a sql SELECT statement. Ses.Sel is useful when you have to create and maintain a simple SELECT statement with a long list of columns that have non-default GoColumnTypes. As table columns are added and dropped over the lifetime of a table Ses.Sel is easy to read and revise. The Ses.Ping method checks whether the client's connection to an Oracle server is valid. A call to Ping requires an open Ses. Ping will return a nil error when the connection is fine: The Srv.Version method is available to obtain the Oracle server version. A call to Version requires an open Ses: Further code examples are available in the [example file](https://github.com/rana/ora/blob/master/z_example_test.go), test files and [samples folder](https://github.com/rana/ora/tree/master/samples). The ora package provides a simple ora.Logger interface for logging. Logging is disabled by default. Specify one of three optional built-in logging packages to enable logging; or, use your own logging package. ora.Cfg().Log offers various options to enable or disable logging of specific ora driver methods. For example: To use the standard Go log package: which produces a sample log of: Messages are prefixed with 'ORA I' for information or 'ORA E' for an error. The log package is configured to write to os.Stderr by default. Use the ora/lg.Std type to configure an alternative io.Writer. To use the glog package: which produces a sample log of: To use the log15 package: which produces a sample log of: See https://github.com/rana/ora/tree/master/samples/lg15/main.go for sample code which uses the log15 package. Tests are available and require some setup. Setup varies depending on whether the Oracle server is configured as a container database or non-container database. It's simpler to setup a non-container database. An example for each setup is explained. Non-container test database setup steps: Container test database setup steps: Some helpful SQL maintenance statements: Run the tests. database/sql method Stmt.QueryRow is not supported. Go 1.6 introduced stricter cgo (call C from Go) rules, and introduced runtime checks. This is good, as the possibility of C code corrupting Go code is almost completely eliminated, but it also means a severe call overhead grow. [Sometimes](https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/golang-nuts/ccMkPG6Bi5k) this can be 22x the go 1.5.3 call time! So if you need performance more than correctness, start your programs with "GODEBUG=cgocheck=0" environment setting. Copyright 2017 Rana Ian, Tamás Gulácsi. All rights reserved. Use of this source code is governed by The MIT License found in the accompanying LICENSE file.

Package config is a go config management implement. support YAML,TOML,JSON,INI,HCL format. Source code and other details for the project are available at GitHub: JSON format content example: Usage please see example(more example please see examples folder in the lib):

Package fpdf implements a PDF document generator with high level support for text, drawing and images. - UTF-8 support - Choice of measurement unit, page format and margins - Page header and footer management - Automatic page breaks, line breaks, and text justification - Inclusion of JPEG, PNG, GIF, TIFF and basic path-only SVG images - Colors, gradients and alpha channel transparency - Outline bookmarks - Internal and external links - TrueType, Type1 and encoding support - Page compression - Lines, Bézier curves, arcs, and ellipses - Rotation, scaling, skewing, translation, and mirroring - Clipping - Document protection - Layers - Templates - Barcodes - Charting facility - Import PDFs as templates go-pdf/fpdf has no dependencies other than the Go standard library. All tests pass on Linux, Mac and Windows platforms. go-pdf/fpdf supports UTF-8 TrueType fonts and “right-to-left” languages. Note that Chinese, Japanese, and Korean characters may not be included in many general purpose fonts. For these languages, a specialized font (for example, NotoSansSC for simplified Chinese) can be used. Also, support is provided to automatically translate UTF-8 runes to code page encodings for languages that have fewer than 256 glyphs. To install the package on your system, run Later, to receive updates, run The following Go code generates a simple PDF file. See the functions in the fpdf_test.go file (shown as examples in this documentation) for more advanced PDF examples. If an error occurs in an Fpdf method, an internal error field is set. After this occurs, Fpdf method calls typically return without performing any operations and the error state is retained. This error management scheme facilitates PDF generation since individual method calls do not need to be examined for failure; it is generally sufficient to wait until after Output() is called. For the same reason, if an error occurs in the calling application during PDF generation, it may be desirable for the application to transfer the error to the Fpdf instance by calling the SetError() method or the SetErrorf() method. At any time during the life cycle of the Fpdf instance, the error state can be determined with a call to Ok() or Err(). The error itself can be retrieved with a call to Error(). This package is a relatively straightforward translation from the original FPDF library written in PHP (despite the caveat in the introduction to Effective Go). The API names have been retained even though the Go idiom would suggest otherwise (for example, pdf.GetX() is used rather than simply pdf.X()). The similarity of the two libraries makes the original FPDF website a good source of information. It includes a forum and FAQ. However, some internal changes have been made. Page content is built up using buffers (of type bytes.Buffer) rather than repeated string concatenation. Errors are handled as explained above rather than panicking. Output is generated through an interface of type io.Writer or io.WriteCloser. A number of the original PHP methods behave differently based on the type of the arguments that are passed to them; in these cases additional methods have been exported to provide similar functionality. Font definition files are produced in JSON rather than PHP. A side effect of running go test ./... is the production of a number of example PDFs. These can be found in the go-pdf/fpdf/pdf directory after the tests complete. Please note that these examples run in the context of a test. In order run an example as a standalone application, you’ll need to examine fpdf_test.go for some helper routines, for example exampleFilename() and summary(). Example PDFs can be compared with reference copies in order to verify that they have been generated as expected. This comparison will be performed if a PDF with the same name as the example PDF is placed in the go-pdf/fpdf/pdf/reference directory and if the third argument to ComparePDFFiles() in internal/example/example.go is true. (By default it is false.) The routine that summarizes an example will look for this file and, if found, will call ComparePDFFiles() to check the example PDF for equality with its reference PDF. If differences exist between the two files they will be printed to standard output and the test will fail. If the reference file is missing, the comparison is considered to succeed. In order to successfully compare two PDFs, the placement of internal resources must be consistent and the internal creation timestamps must be the same. To do this, the methods SetCatalogSort() and SetCreationDate() need to be called for both files. This is done automatically for all examples. Nothing special is required to use the standard PDF fonts (courier, helvetica, times, zapfdingbats) in your documents other than calling SetFont(). You should use AddUTF8Font() or AddUTF8FontFromBytes() to add a TrueType UTF-8 encoded font. Use RTL() and LTR() methods switch between “right-to-left” and “left-to-right” mode. In order to use a different non-UTF-8 TrueType or Type1 font, you will need to generate a font definition file and, if the font will be embedded into PDFs, a compressed version of the font file. This is done by calling the MakeFont function or using the included makefont command line utility. To create the utility, cd into the makefont subdirectory and run “go build”. This will produce a standalone executable named makefont. Select the appropriate encoding file from the font subdirectory and run the command as in the following example. In your PDF generation code, call AddFont() to load the font and, as with the standard fonts, SetFont() to begin using it. Most examples, including the package example, demonstrate this method. Good sources of free, open-source fonts include Google Fonts and DejaVu Fonts. The draw2d package is a two dimensional vector graphics library that can generate output in different forms. It uses gofpdf for its document production mode. gofpdf is a global community effort and you are invited to make it even better. If you have implemented a new feature or corrected a problem, please consider contributing your change to the project. A contribution that does not directly pertain to the core functionality of gofpdf should be placed in its own directory directly beneath the contrib directory. Here are guidelines for making submissions. Your change should - be compatible with the MIT License - be properly documented - be formatted with go fmt - include an example in fpdf_test.go if appropriate - conform to the standards of golint and go vet, that is, golint . and go vet . should not generate any warnings - not diminish test coverage Pull requests are the preferred means of accepting your changes. gofpdf is released under the MIT License. It is copyrighted by Kurt Jung and the contributors acknowledged below. This package’s code and documentation are closely derived from the FPDF library created by Olivier Plathey, and a number of font and image resources are copied directly from it. Bruno Michel has provided valuable assistance with the code. Drawing support is adapted from the FPDF geometric figures script by David Hernández Sanz. Transparency support is adapted from the FPDF transparency script by Martin Hall-May. Support for gradients and clipping is adapted from FPDF scripts by Andreas Würmser. Support for outline bookmarks is adapted from Olivier Plathey by Manuel Cornes. Layer support is adapted from Olivier Plathey. Support for transformations is adapted from the FPDF transformation script by Moritz Wagner and Andreas Würmser. PDF protection is adapted from the work of Klemen Vodopivec for the FPDF product. Lawrence Kesteloot provided code to allow an image’s extent to be determined prior to placement. Support for vertical alignment within a cell was provided by Stefan Schroeder. Ivan Daniluk generalized the font and image loading code to use the Reader interface while maintaining backward compatibility. Anthony Starks provided code for the Polygon function. Robert Lillack provided the Beziergon function and corrected some naming issues with the internal curve function. Claudio Felber provided implementations for dashed line drawing and generalized font loading. Stani Michiels provided support for multi-segment path drawing with smooth line joins, line join styles, enhanced fill modes, and has helped greatly with package presentation and tests. Templating is adapted by Marcus Downing from the FPDF_Tpl library created by Jan Slabon and Setasign. Jelmer Snoeck contributed packages that generate a variety of barcodes and help with registering images on the web. Jelmer Snoek and Guillermo Pascual augmented the basic HTML functionality with aligned text. Kent Quirk implemented backwards-compatible support for reading DPI from images that support it, and for setting DPI manually and then having it properly taken into account when calculating image size. Paulo Coutinho provided support for static embedded fonts. Dan Meyers added support for embedded JavaScript. David Fish added a generic alias-replacement function to enable, among other things, table of contents functionality. Andy Bakun identified and corrected a problem in which the internal catalogs were not sorted stably. Paul Montag added encoding and decoding functionality for templates, including images that are embedded in templates; this allows templates to be stored independently of gofpdf. Paul also added support for page boxes used in printing PDF documents. Wojciech Matusiak added supported for word spacing. Artem Korotkiy added support of UTF-8 fonts. Dave Barnes added support for imported objects and templates. Brigham Thompson added support for rounded rectangles. Joe Westcott added underline functionality and optimized image storage. Benoit KUGLER contributed support for rectangles with corners of unequal radius, modification times, and for file attachments and annotations. - Remove all legacy code page font support; use UTF-8 exclusively - Improve test coverage as reported by the coverage tool. Example demonstrates the generation of a simple PDF document. Note that since only core fonts are used (in this case Arial, a synonym for Helvetica), an empty string can be specified for the font directory in the call to New(). Note also that the example.Filename() and example.SummaryCompare() functions belong to a separate, internal package and are not part of the gofpdf library. If an error occurs at some point during the construction of the document, subsequent method calls exit immediately and the error is finally retrieved with the output call where it can be handled by the application.

Package bindata converts any file into manageable Go source code. Useful for embedding binary data into a go program. The file data is optionally gzip compressed before being converted to a raw byte slice. The following paragraphs cover some of the customization options which can be specified in the Config struct, which must be passed into the Translate() call. When used with the `Debug` option, the generated code does not actually include the asset data. Instead, it generates function stubs which load the data from the original file on disk. The asset API remains identical between debug and release builds, so your code will not have to change. This is useful during development when you expect the assets to change often. The host application using these assets uses the same API in both cases and will not have to care where the actual data comes from. An example is a Go webserver with some embedded, static web content like HTML, JS and CSS files. While developing it, you do not want to rebuild the whole server and restart it every time you make a change to a bit of javascript. You just want to build and launch the server once. Then just press refresh in the browser to see those changes. Embedding the assets with the `debug` flag allows you to do just that. When you are finished developing and ready for deployment, just re-invoke `go-bindata` without the `-debug` flag. It will now embed the latest version of the assets. The `NoMemCopy` option will alter the way the output file is generated. It will employ a hack that allows us to read the file data directly from the compiled program's `.rodata` section. This ensures that when we call call our generated function, we omit unnecessary memcopies. The downside of this, is that it requires dependencies on the `reflect` and `unsafe` packages. These may be restricted on platforms like AppEngine and thus prevent you from using this mode. Another disadvantage is that the byte slice we create, is strictly read-only. For most use-cases this is not a problem, but if you ever try to alter the returned byte slice, a runtime panic is thrown. Use this mode only on target platforms where memory constraints are an issue. The default behaviour is to use the old code generation method. This prevents the two previously mentioned issues, but will employ at least one extra memcopy and thus increase memory requirements. For instance, consider the following two examples: This would be the default mode, using an extra memcopy but gives a safe implementation without dependencies on `reflect` and `unsafe`: Here is the same functionality, but uses the `.rodata` hack. The byte slice returned from this example can not be written to without generating a runtime error. The NoCompress option indicates that the supplied assets are *not* GZIP compressed before being turned into Go code. The data should still be accessed through a function call, so nothing changes in the API. This feature is useful if you do not care for compression, or the supplied resource is already compressed. Doing it again would not add any value and may even increase the size of the data. The default behaviour of the program is to use compression. The keys used in the `_bindata` map are the same as the input file name passed to `go-bindata`. This includes the path. In most cases, this is not desirable, as it puts potentially sensitive information in your code base. For this purpose, the tool supplies another command line flag `-prefix`. This accepts a [regular expression](https://github.com/google/re2/wiki/Syntax) string, which will be used to match a portion of the map keys and function names that should be stripped out. For example, running without the `-prefix` flag, we get: Running with the `-prefix` flag, we get: With the optional Tags field, you can specify any go build tags that must be fulfilled for the output file to be included in a build. This is useful when including binary data in multiple formats, where the desired format is specified at build time with the appropriate tags. The tags are appended to a `// +build` line in the beginning of the output file and must follow the build tags syntax specified by the go tool. When you want to embed big files or plenty of files, then the generated output is really big (maybe over 3Mo). Even if the generated file shouldn't be read, you probably need use analysis tool or an editor which can become slower with a such file. Generating big files can be avoided with `-split` command line option. In that case, the given output is a directory path, the tool will generate one source file per file to embed, and it will generate a common file nammed `common.go` which contains commons parts like API.

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configuratoins. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package godb is query builder and struct mapper. godb does not manage relationships like Active Record or Entity Framework, it's not a full-featured ORM. Its goal is to be more productive than manually doing mapping between Go structs and databases tables. godb needs adapters to use databases, some are packaged with godb for : Start with an adapter, and the Open method which returns a godb.DB pointer : There are three ways to executes SQL with godb : Using raw queries you can execute any SQL queries and get the results into a slice of structs (or single struct) using the automatic mapping. Structs tools looks more 'orm-ish' as they're take instances of objects or slices to run select, insert, update and delete. Statements tools stand between raw queries and structs tools. It's easier to use than raw queries, but are limited to simpler cases. The statements tools are based on types : Example : The SelectStatement type could also build a query using columns from a structs. It facilitates the build of queries returning values from multiple table (or views). See struct mapping explanations, in particular the `rel` part. Example : The structs tools are based on types : Examples : Raw queries are executed using the RawSQL type. The query could be a simple hand-written string, or something complex builded using SQLBuffer and Conditions. Example : Stucts contents are mapped to databases columns with tags, like in previous example with the Book struct. The tag is 'db' and its content is : For autoincrement identifier simple use both 'key' and 'auto'. Example : More than one field could have the 'key' keyword, but with most databases drivers none of them could have the 'auto' keyword, because executing an insert query only returns one value : the last inserted id : https://golang.org/pkg/database/sql/driver/#RowsAffected.LastInsertId . With PostgreSQL you cas have multiple fields with 'key' and 'auto' options. Structs could be nested. A nested struct is mapped only if has the 'db' tag. The tag value is a columns prefix applied to all fields columns of the struct. The prefix is not mandatory, a blank string is allowed (no prefix). A nested struct could also have an optionnal `rel` attribute of the form `rel=relationname`. It's useful to build a select query using multiples relations (table, view, ...). See the example using the BooksWithInventories type. Example Databases columns are : The mapping is managed by the 'dbreflect' subpackage. Normally its direct use is not necessary, except in one case : some structs are scannable and have to be considered like fields, and mapped to databases columns. Common case are time.Time, or sql.NullString, ... You can register a custom struct with the `RegisterScannableStruct` and a struct instance, for example the time.Time is registered like this : The structs statements use the struct name as table name. But you can override this simply by simplementing a TableName method : Statements and structs tools manage 'where' and 'group by' sql clauses. These conditional clauses are build either with raw sql code, or build with the Condition struct like this : WhereQ methods take a Condition instance build by godb.Q . Where mathods take raw SQL, but is just a syntactic sugar. These calls are equivalents : Multiple calls to Where or WhereQ are allowed, these calls are equivalents : Slices are managed in a particular way : a single placeholder is replaced with multiple ones. This allows code like : The SQLBuffer exists to ease the build of complex raw queries. It's also used internaly by godb. Its use and purpose are simple : concatenate sql parts (accompagned by their arguments) in an efficient way. Example : For all databases, structs updates and deletes manage optimistic locking when a dedicated integer row is present. Simply tags it with `oplock` : When an update or delete operation fails, Do() returns the `ErrOpLock` error. With PostgreSQL and SQL Server, godb manages optimistic locking with automatic fields. Just add a dedicated field in the struct and tag it with `auto,oplock`. With PostgreSQL you can use the `xmin` system column like this : For more informations about `xmin` see https://www.postgresql.org/docs/10/static/ddl-system-columns.html With SQL Server you can use a `rowversion` field with the `mssql.Rowversion` type like this : For more informations about the `rowversion` data type see https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/sql/t-sql/data-types/rowversion-transact-sql godb keep track of time consumed while executing queries. You can reset it and get the time consumed since Open or the previous reset : You can log all executed queried and details of condumed time. Simply add a logger : godb takes advantage of PostgreSQL RETURNING clause, and SQL Server OUTPUT clause. With statements tools you have to add a RETURNING clause with the Suffix method and call DoWithReturning method instead of Do(). It's optionnal. With StructInsert it's transparent, the RETURNING or OUTPUT clause is added for all 'auto' columns and it's managed for you. One of the big advantage is with BulkInsert : for others databases the rows are inserted but the new keys are unkonwns. With PostgreSQL and SQL Server the slice is updated for all inserted rows. It also enables optimistic locking with *automatic* columns. godb has two prepared statements caches, one to use during transactions, and one to use outside of a transaction. Both use a LRU algorithm. The transaction cache is enabled by default, but not the other. A transaction (sql.Tx) isn't shared between goroutines, using prepared statement with it has a predictable behavious. But without transaction a prepared statement could have to be reprepared on a different connection if needed, leading to unpredictable performances in high concurrency scenario. Enabling the non transaction cache could improve performances with single goroutine batch. With multiple goroutines accessing the same database : it depends ! A benchmark would be wise. Using statements tools and structs tools you can execute select queries and get an iterator instead of filling a slice of struct instances. This could be useful if the request's result is big and you don't want to allocate too much memory. On the other side you will write almost as much code as with the `sql` package, but with an automatic struct mapping, and a request builder. Iterators are also available with raw queries. In this cas you cas executes any kind of sql code, not just select queries. To get an interator simply use the `DoWithIterator` method instead of `Do`. The iterator usage is similar to the standard `sql.Rows` type. Don't forget to check that there are no errors with the `Err` method, and don't forget to call `Close` when the iterator is no longer useful, especially if you don't scan all the resultset. To avoid performance cost godb.DB does not implement synchronization. So a given instance of godb.DB should not be used by multiple goroutines. But a godb.DB instance can be created and used as a blueprint and cloned for each goroutine. See Clone and Clear methods. A typical use case is a web server. When the application starts a godb.DB is created, and cloned in each http handler with Clone, and ressources are to be freed calling Clear (use defer statement).

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

bindata converts any file into managable Go source code. Useful for embedding binary data into a go program. The file data is optionally gzip compressed before being converted to a raw byte slice. The following paragraphs cover some of the customization options which can be specified in the Config struct, which must be passed into the Translate() call. When used with the `Debug` option, the generated code does not actually include the asset data. Instead, it generates function stubs which load the data from the original file on disk. The asset API remains identical between debug and release builds, so your code will not have to change. This is useful during development when you expect the assets to change often. The host application using these assets uses the same API in both cases and will not have to care where the actual data comes from. An example is a Go webserver with some embedded, static web content like HTML, JS and CSS files. While developing it, you do not want to rebuild the whole server and restart it every time you make a change to a bit of javascript. You just want to build and launch the server once. Then just press refresh in the browser to see those changes. Embedding the assets with the `debug` flag allows you to do just that. When you are finished developing and ready for deployment, just re-invoke `go-bindata` without the `-debug` flag. It will now embed the latest version of the assets. The `NoMemCopy` option will alter the way the output file is generated. It will employ a hack that allows us to read the file data directly from the compiled program's `.rodata` section. This ensures that when we call call our generated function, we omit unnecessary memcopies. The downside of this, is that it requires dependencies on the `reflect` and `unsafe` packages. These may be restricted on platforms like AppEngine and thus prevent you from using this mode. Another disadvantage is that the byte slice we create, is strictly read-only. For most use-cases this is not a problem, but if you ever try to alter the returned byte slice, a runtime panic is thrown. Use this mode only on target platforms where memory constraints are an issue. The default behaviour is to use the old code generation method. This prevents the two previously mentioned issues, but will employ at least one extra memcopy and thus increase memory requirements. For instance, consider the following two examples: This would be the default mode, using an extra memcopy but gives a safe implementation without dependencies on `reflect` and `unsafe`: Here is the same functionality, but uses the `.rodata` hack. The byte slice returned from this example can not be written to without generating a runtime error. The NoCompress option indicates that the supplied assets are *not* GZIP compressed before being turned into Go code. The data should still be accessed through a function call, so nothing changes in the API. This feature is useful if you do not care for compression, or the supplied resource is already compressed. Doing it again would not add any value and may even increase the size of the data. The default behaviour of the program is to use compression. The keys used in the `_bindata` map are the same as the input file name passed to `go-bindata`. This includes the path. In most cases, this is not desireable, as it puts potentially sensitive information in your code base. For this purpose, the tool supplies another command line flag `-prefix`. This accepts a portion of a path name, which should be stripped off from the map keys and function names. For example, running without the `-prefix` flag, we get: Running with the `-prefix` flag, we get: With the optional Tags field, you can specify any go build tags that must be fulfilled for the output file to be included in a build. This is useful when including binary data in multiple formats, where the desired format is specified at build time with the appropriate tags. The tags are appended to a `// +build` line in the beginning of the output file and must follow the build tags syntax specified by the go tool.

lf is a terminal file manager. Source code can be found in the repository at https://github.com/gokcehan/lf This documentation can either be read from terminal using 'lf -doc' or online at https://pkg.go.dev/github.com/gokcehan/lf You can also use 'doc' command (default '<f-1>') inside lf to view the documentation in a pager. A man page with the same content is also available in the repository at https://github.com/gokcehan/lf/blob/master/lf.1 You can run 'lf -help' to see descriptions of command line options. The following commands are provided by lf: The following command line commands are provided by lf: The following options can be used to customize the behavior of lf: The following environment variables are exported for shell commands: The following special shell commands are used to customize the behavior of lf when defined: The following commands/keybindings are provided by default: The following additional keybindings are provided by default: If the 'mouse' option is enabled, mouse buttons have the following default effects: Configuration files should be located at: Colors file should be located at: Icons file should be located at: Selection file should be located at: Marks file should be located at: Tags file should be located at: History file should be located at: You can configure these locations with the following variables given with their order of precedences and their default values: A sample configuration file can be found at https://github.com/gokcehan/lf/blob/master/etc/lfrc.example This section shows information about builtin commands. Modal commands do not take any arguments, but instead change the operation mode to read their input conveniently, and so they are meant to be assigned to keybindings. Quit lf and return to the shell. Move/scroll the current file selection upwards/downwards by one/half a page/full page. Change the current working directory to the parent directory. If the current file is a directory, then change the current directory to it, otherwise, execute the 'open' command. A default 'open' command is provided to call the default system opener asynchronously with the current file as the argument. A custom 'open' command can be defined to override this default. Change the current working directory to the next/previous jumplist item. Move the current file selection to the top/bottom of the directory. A count can be specified to move to a specific line, for example use `3G` to move to the third line. Move the current file selection to the high/middle/low of the screen. Toggle the selection of the current file or files given as arguments. Reverse the selection of all files in the current directory (i.e. 'toggle' all files). Selections in other directories are not effected by this command. You can define a new command to select all files in the directory by combining 'invert' with 'unselect' (i.e. 'cmd select-all :unselect; invert'), though this will also remove selections in other directories. Reverse the selection (i.e. 'toggle') of all files at or after the current file in the current directory. To select a contiguous block of files, use this command on the first file you want to select. Then, move down to the first file you do *not* want to select (the one after the end of the desired selection) and use this command again. This achieves an effect similar to the visual mode in vim. This command is experimental and may be removed once a better replacement for the visual mode is implemented in 'lf'. If you'd like to experiment with using this command, you should bind it to a key (e.g. 'V') for a better experience. Remove the selection of all files in all directories. Select/unselect files that match the given glob. Calculate the total size for each of the selected directories. Option 'info' should include 'size' and option 'dircounts' should be disabled to show this size. If the total size of a directory is not calculated, it will be shown as '-'. Remove all keybindings associated with the `map` command. This command can be used in the config file to remove the default keybindings. For safety purposes, `:` is left mapped to the `read` command, and `cmap` keybindings are retained so that it is still possible to exit `lf` using `:quit`. If there are no selections, save the path of the current file to the copy buffer, otherwise, copy the paths of selected files. If there are no selections, save the path of the current file to the cut buffer, otherwise, copy the paths of selected files. Copy/Move files in copy/cut buffer to the current working directory. A custom 'paste' command can be defined to override this default. Clear file paths in copy/cut buffer. Synchronize copied/cut files with server. This command is automatically called when required. Draw the screen. This command is automatically called when required. Synchronize the terminal and redraw the screen. Load modified files and directories. This command is automatically called when required. Flush the cache and reload all files and directories. Print given arguments to the message line at the bottom. Print given arguments to the message line at the bottom and also to the log file. Print given arguments to the message line at the bottom as 'errorfmt' and also to the log file. Change the working directory to the given argument. Change the current file selection to the given argument. Remove the current file or selected file(s). A custom 'delete' command can be defined to override this default. Rename the current file using the builtin method. A custom 'rename' command can be defined to override this default. Read the configuration file given in the argument. Simulate key pushes given in the argument. Read a command to evaluate. Read a shell command to execute. Read a shell command to execute piping its standard I/O to the bottom statline. Read a shell command to execute and wait for a key press in the end. Read a shell command to execute asynchronously without standard I/O. Read key(s) to find the appropriate file name match in the forward/backward direction and jump to the next/previous match. Read a pattern to search for a file name match in the forward/backward direction and jump to the next/previous match. Command 'filter' reads a pattern to filter out and only view files matching the pattern. Command 'setfilter' does the same but uses an argument to set the filter immediately. You can supply an argument to 'filter', in order to use that as the starting prompt. Save the current directory as a bookmark assigned to the given key. Change the current directory to the bookmark assigned to the given key. A special bookmark "'" holds the previous directory after a 'mark-load', 'cd', or 'select' command. Remove a bookmark assigned to the given key. Tag a file with '*' or a single width character given in the argument. You can define a new tag clearing command by combining 'tag' with 'tag-toggle' (i.e. 'cmd tag-clear :tag; tag-toggle'). Tag a file with '*' or a single width character given in the argument if the file is untagged, otherwise remove the tag. The prompt character specifies which of the several command-line modes you are in. For example, the 'read' command takes you to the ':' mode. When the cursor is at the first character in ':' mode, pressing one of the keys '!', '$', '%', or '&' takes you to the corresponding mode. You can go back with 'cmd-delete-back' ('<backspace>' by default). The command line commands should be mostly compatible with readline keybindings. A character refers to a unicode code point, a word consists of letters and digits, and a unix word consists of any non-blank characters. Quit command line mode and return to normal mode. Autocomplete the current word. Autocomplete the current word with menu selection. You need to assign keys to these commands (e.g. 'cmap <tab> cmd-menu-complete; cmap <backtab> cmd-menu-complete-back'). You can use the assigned keys assigned to display the menu and then cycle through completion options. Accept the currently selected match in menu completion and close the menu. Execute the current line. Interrupt the current shell-pipe command and return to the normal mode. Go to next/previous item in the history. Move the cursor to the left/right. Move the cursor to the beginning/end of line. Delete the next character. Delete the previous character. When at the beginning of a prompt, returns either to normal mode or to ':' mode. Delete everything up to the beginning/end of line. Delete the previous unix word. Paste the buffer content containing the last deleted item. Transpose the positions of last two characters/words. Move the cursor by one word in forward/backward direction. Delete the next word in forward direction. Delete the previous word in backward direction. Capitalize/uppercase/lowercase the current word and jump to the next word. This section shows information about options to customize the behavior. Character ':' is used as the separator for list options '[]int' and '[]string'. When this option is enabled, find command starts matching patterns from the beginning of file names, otherwise, it can match at an arbitrary position. Automatically quit server when there are no clients left connected. Format string of the box drawing characters enabled by the `drawbox` option. Set the path of a cleaner file. The file should be executable. This file is called if previewing is enabled, the previewer is set, and the previously selected file had its preview cache disabled. The following arguments are passed to the file, (1) current file name, (2) width, (3) height, (4) horizontal position, (5) vertical position of preview pane and (6) next file name to be previewed respectively. Preview cleaning is disabled when the value of this option is left empty. Format strings for highlighting the cursor. `cursoractivefmt` applies in the current directory pane, `cursorparentfmt` applies in panes that show parents of the current directory, and `cursorpreviewfmt` applies in panes that preview directories. The default is to make the active cursor and the parent directory cursor inverted. The preview cursor is underlined. Some other possibilities to consider for the preview or parent cursors: an empty string for no cursor, "\033[7;2m" for dimmed inverted text (visibility varies by terminal), "\033[7;90m" for inverted text with grey (aka "brightblack") background. If the format string contains the characters `%s`, it is interpreted as a format string for `fmt.Sprintf`. Such a string should end with the terminal reset sequence. For example, "\033[4m%s\033[0m" has the same effect as "\033[4m". Cache directory contents. When this option is enabled, directory sizes show the number of items inside instead of the total size of the directory, which needs to be calculated for each directory using 'calcdirsize'. This information needs to be calculated by reading the directory and counting the items inside. Therefore, this option is disabled by default for performance reasons. This option only has an effect when 'info' has a 'size' field and the pane is wide enough to show the information. 999 items are counted per directory at most, and bigger directories are shown as '999+'. Show directories first above regular files. Show only directories. If enabled, directories will also be passed to the previewer script. This allows custom previews for directories. Draw boxes around panes with box drawing characters. Format string of file name when creating duplicate files. With the default format, copying a file `abc.txt` to the same directory will result in a duplicate file called `abc.txt.~1~`. Special expansions are provided, '%f' as the file name, '%b' for basename (file name without extension), '%e' as the extension (including the dot) and '%n' as the number of duplicates. Format string of error messages shown in the bottom message line. If the format string contains the characters `%s`, it is interpreted as a format string for `fmt.Sprintf`. Such a string should end with the terminal reset sequence. For example, "\033[4m%s\033[0m" has the same effect as "\033[4m". File separator used in environment variables 'fs' and 'fx'. Number of characters prompted for the find command. When this value is set to 0, find command prompts until there is only a single match left. When this option is enabled, search command patterns are considered as globs, otherwise they are literals. With globbing, '*' matches any sequence, '?' matches any character, and '[...]' or '[^...]' matches character sets or ranges. Otherwise, these characters are interpreted as they are. Show hidden files. On Unix systems, hidden files are determined by the value of 'hiddenfiles'. On Windows, only files with hidden attributes are considered hidden files. List of hidden file glob patterns. Patterns can be given as relative or absolute paths. Globbing supports the usual special characters, '*' to match any sequence, '?' to match any character, and '[...]' or '[^...]' to match character sets or ranges. In addition, if a pattern starts with '!', then its matches are excluded from hidden files. To add multiple patterns, use ':' as a separator. Example: '.*:lost+found:*.bak' Save command history. Show icons before each item in the list. Sets 'IFS' variable in shell commands. It works by adding the assignment to the beginning of the command string as "IFS='...'; ...". The reason is that 'IFS' variable is not inherited by the shell for security reasons. This method assumes a POSIX shell syntax and so it can fail for non-POSIX shells. This option has no effect when the value is left empty. This option does not have any effect on Windows. Ignore case in sorting and search patterns. Ignore diacritics in sorting and search patterns. Jump to the first match after each keystroke during searching. Apply filter pattern after each keystroke during filtering. List of information shown for directory items at the right side of pane. Currently supported information types are 'size', 'time', 'atime', and 'ctime'. Information is only shown when the pane width is more than twice the width of information. Format string of the file time shown in the info column when it matches this year. Format string of the file time shown in the info column when it doesn't match this year. Send mouse events as input. Show the position number for directory items at the left side of pane. When 'relativenumber' option is enabled, only the current line shows the absolute position and relative positions are shown for the rest. Format string of the position number for each line. Set the interval in seconds for periodic checks of directory updates. This works by periodically calling the 'load' command. Note that directories are already updated automatically in many cases. This option can be useful when there is an external process changing the displayed directory and you are not doing anything in lf. Periodic checks are disabled when the value of this option is set to zero. List of attributes that are preserved when copying files. Currently supported attributes are 'mode' (i.a. access mode) and 'timestamps' (i.e. modification time and access time). Note, preserving other attribute like ownership of change/birth timestamp is desirable, but not portably supported in Go. Show previews of files and directories at the right most pane. If the file has more lines than the preview pane, rest of the lines are not read. Files containing the null character (U+0000) in the read portion are considered binary files and displayed as 'binary'. Set the path of a previewer file to filter the content of regular files for previewing. The file should be executable. The following arguments are passed to the file, (1) current file name, (2) width, (3) height, (4) horizontal position, and (5) vertical position of preview pane respectively. SIGPIPE signal is sent when enough lines are read. If the previewer returns a non-zero exit code, then the preview cache for the given file is disabled. This means that if the file is selected in the future, the previewer is called once again. Preview filtering is disabled and files are displayed as they are when the value of this option is left empty. Format string of the prompt shown in the top line. Special expansions are provided, '%u' as the user name, '%h' as the host name, '%w' as the working directory, '%d' as the working directory with a trailing path separator, '%f' as the file name, and '%F' as the current filter. '%S' may be used once and will provide a spacer so that the following parts are right aligned on the screen. Home folder is shown as '~' in the working directory expansion. Directory names are automatically shortened to a single character starting from the left most parent when the prompt does not fit to the screen. List of ratios of pane widths. Number of items in the list determines the number of panes in the ui. When 'preview' option is enabled, the right most number is used for the width of preview pane. Show the position number relative to the current line. When 'number' is enabled, current line shows the absolute position, otherwise nothing is shown. Reverse the direction of sort. This option is deprecated in favor of using the `rulerfmt` option (see below). List of information shown in status line ruler. Currently supported information types are 'acc', 'progress', 'selection', 'filter', 'ind', 'df' and names starting with 'lf_'. `acc` shows the pressed keys (e.g. for bindings with multiple key presses or counts given to bindings). `progress` shows the progress of file operations (e.g. copying a large directory). `selection` shows the number of files that are selected, or designated for being cut/copied. `filter` shows 'F' if a filter is currently being applied. `ind` shows the current position of the cursor as well as the number of files in the current directory. `df` shows the amount of free disk space remaining. Names starting with `lf_` show the value of environment variables exported by lf. This is useful for displaying the current settings (e.g. `lf_selmode` displays the current setting for the `selmode` option). User defined options starting with `lf_user_` are also supported, so it is possible to display information set from external sources. Format string of the ruler shown in the bottom right corner. Special expansions are provided, '%a' as the pressed keys, '%p' as the progress of file operations, '%m' as the number of files to be cut (moved), '%c' as the number of files to be copied, '%s' as the number of selected files, '%f' as the filter, '%i' as the position of the cursor, '%t' as the number of files shown in the current directory, '%h' as the number of files hidden in the current directory, and '%d' as the amount of free disk space remaining. Additional expansions are provided for environment variables exported by lf, in the form `%{lf_<name>}` (e.g. `%{lf_selmode}`). This is useful for displaying the current settings. Expansions are also provided for user defined options, in the form `%{lf_user_<name>}` (e.g. `%{lf_user_foo}`). The `|` character splits the format string into sections. Any section containing a failed expansion (result is a blank string) is discarded and not shown. Selection mode for commands. When set to 'all' it will use the selected files from all directories. When set to 'dir' it will only use the selected files in the current directory. Minimum number of offset lines shown at all times in the top and the bottom of the screen when scrolling. The current line is kept in the middle when this option is set to a large value that is bigger than the half of number of lines. A smaller offset can be used when the current file is close to the beginning or end of the list to show the maximum number of items. Shell executable to use for shell commands. Shell commands are executed as 'shell shellopts shellflag command -- arguments'. Command line flag used to pass shell commands. List of shell options to pass to the shell executable. Render sixel images in preview. Override 'ignorecase' option when the pattern contains an uppercase character. This option has no effect when 'ignorecase' is disabled. Override 'ignoredia' option when the pattern contains a character with diacritic. This option has no effect when 'ignoredia' is disabled. Sort type for directories. Currently supported sort types are 'natural', 'name', 'size', 'time', 'ctime', 'atime', and 'ext'. Format string of the file info shown in the bottom left corner. Special expansions are provided, '%p' as the file permissions, '%c' as the link count, '%u' as the user, '%g' as the group, '%s' as the file size, '%S' as the file size but with a fixed width of four characters (left-padded with spaces), '%t' as the last modified time, and '%l' as the link target. The `|` character splits the format string into sections. Any section containing a failed expansion (result is a blank string) is discarded and not shown. Number of space characters to show for horizontal tabulation (U+0009) character. Format string of the tags. If the format string contains the characters `%s`, it is interpreted as a format string for `fmt.Sprintf`. Such a string should end with the terminal reset sequence. For example, "\033[4m%s\033[0m" has the same effect as "\033[4m". Marks to be considered temporary (e.g. 'abc' refers to marks 'a', 'b', and 'c'). These marks are not synced to other clients and they are not saved in the bookmarks file. Note that the special bookmark "'" is always treated as temporary and it does not need to be specified. Format string of the file modification time shown in the bottom line. Truncate character shown at the end when the file name does not fit to the pane. When a filename is too long to be shown completely, the available space is partitioned in two pieces. truncatepct defines a fraction (in percent between 0 and 100) for the size of the first piece, which will show the beginning of the filename. The second piece will show the end of the filename and will use the rest of the available space. Both pieces are separated by the truncation character (truncatechar). A value of 100 will only show the beginning of the filename, while a value of 0 will only show the end of the filename, e.g.: - `set truncatepct 100` -> "very-long-filename-tr~" (default) - `set truncatepct 50` -> "very-long-f~-truncated" - `set truncatepct 0` -> "~ng-filename-truncated" String shown after commands of shell-wait type. Searching can wrap around the file list. Scrolling can wrap around the file list. Any option that is prefixed with 'user_' is a user defined option and can be set to any string. Inside a user defined command the value will be provided in the `lf_user_{option}` environment variable. These options are not used by lf and are not persisted. The following variables are exported for shell commands: These are referred with a '$' prefix on POSIX shells (e.g. '$f'), between '%' characters on Windows cmd (e.g. '%f%'), and with a '$env:' prefix on Windows powershell (e.g. '$env:f'). Current file selection as a full path. Selected file(s) separated with the value of 'filesep' option as full path(s). Selected file(s) (i.e. 'fs') if there are any selected files, otherwise current file selection (i.e. 'f'). Id of the running client. Present working directory. Initial working directory. The value of this variable is set to the current nesting level when you run lf from a shell spawned inside lf. You can add the value of this variable to your shell prompt to make it clear that your shell runs inside lf. For example, with POSIX shells, you can use '[ -n "$LF_LEVEL" ] && PS1="$PS1""(lf level: $LF_LEVEL) "' in your shell configuration file (e.g. '~/.bashrc'). If this variable is set in the environment, use the same value. Otherwise, this is set to 'start' in Windows, 'open' in MacOS, 'xdg-open' in others. If VISUAL is set in the environment, use its value. Otherwise, use the value of the environment variable EDITOR. If neither variable is set, this is set to 'vi' on Unix, 'notepad' in Windows. If this variable is set in the environment, use the same value. Otherwise, this is set to 'less' on Unix, 'more' in Windows. If this variable is set in the environment, use the same value. Otherwise, this is set to 'sh' on Unix, 'cmd' in Windows. Absolute path to the currently running lf binary, if it can be found. Otherwise, this is set to the string 'lf'. Value of the {option}. Value of the user_{option}. Width/Height of the terminal. Value of the count associated with the current command. This section shows information about special shell commands. This shell command can be defined to override the default 'open' command when the current file is not a directory. This shell command can be defined to override the default 'paste' command. This shell command can be defined to override the default 'rename' command. This shell command can be defined to override the default 'delete' command. This shell command can be defined to be executed before changing a directory. This shell command can be defined to be executed after changing a directory. This shell command can be defined to be executed after the selection changes. This shell command can be defined to be executed before quit. The following command prefixes are used by lf: The same evaluator is used for the command line and the configuration file for read and shell commands. The difference is that prefixes are not necessary in the command line. Instead, different modes are provided to read corresponding commands. These modes are mapped to the prefix keys above by default. Characters from '#' to newline are comments and ignored: There are five special commands ('set', 'setlocal', 'map', 'cmap', and 'cmd') for configuration. Command 'set' is used to set an option which can be boolean, integer, or string: Command 'setlocal' is used to set a local option for a directory which can be boolean or string. Currently supported local options are 'dirfirst', 'dironly', 'hidden', 'info', 'reverse', and 'sortby'. Adding a trailing path separator (i.e. '/' for Unix and '\' for Windows) sets the option for the given directory along with its subdirectories: Command 'map' is used to bind a key to a command which can be builtin command, custom command, or shell command: Command 'cmap' is used to bind a key on the command line to a command line command or any other command: You can delete an existing binding by leaving the expression empty: Command 'cmd' is used to define a custom command: You can delete an existing command by leaving the expression empty: If there is no prefix then ':' is assumed: An explicit ':' can be provided to group statements until a newline which is especially useful for 'map' and 'cmd' commands: If you need multiline you can wrap statements in '{{' and '}}' after the proper prefix. Regular keys are assigned to a command with the usual syntax: Keys combined with the shift key simply use the uppercase letter: Special keys are written in between '<' and '>' characters and always use lowercase letters: Angle brackets can be assigned with their special names: Function keys are prefixed with 'f' character: Keys combined with the control key are prefixed with 'c' character: Keys combined with the alt key are assigned in two different ways depending on the behavior of your terminal. Older terminals (e.g. xterm) may set the 8th bit of a character when the alt key is pressed. On these terminals, you can use the corresponding byte for the mapping: Newer terminals (e.g. gnome-terminal) may prefix the key with an escape key when the alt key is pressed. lf uses the escape delaying mechanism to recognize alt keys in these terminals (delay is 100ms). On these terminals, keys combined with the alt key are prefixed with 'a' character: It is possible to combine special keys with modifiers: WARNING: Some key combinations will likely be intercepted by your OS, window manager, or terminal. Other key combinations cannot be recognized by lf due to the way terminals work (e.g. `Ctrl+h` combination sends a backspace key instead). The easiest way to find out the name of a key combination and whether it will work on your system is to press the key while lf is running and read the name from the "unknown mapping" error. Mouse buttons are prefixed with 'm' character: Mouse wheel events are also prefixed with 'm' character: The usual way to map a key sequence is to assign it to a named or unnamed command. While this provides a clean way to remap builtin keys as well as other commands, it can be limiting at times. For this reason 'push' command is provided by lf. This command is used to simulate key pushes given as its arguments. You can 'map' a key to a 'push' command with an argument to create various keybindings. This is mainly useful for two purposes. First, it can be used to map a command with a command count: Second, it can be used to avoid typing the name when a command takes arguments: One thing to be careful is that since 'push' command works with keys instead of commands it is possible to accidentally create recursive bindings: These types of bindings create a deadlock when executed. Regular shell commands are the most basic command type that is useful for many purposes. For example, we can write a shell command to move selected file(s) to trash. A first attempt to write such a command may look like this: We check '$fs' to see if there are any selected files. Otherwise we just delete the current file. Since this is such a common pattern, a separate '$fx' variable is provided. We can use this variable to get rid of the conditional: The trash directory is checked each time the command is executed. We can move it outside of the command so it would only run once at startup: Since these are one liners, we can drop '{{' and '}}': Finally note that we set 'IFS' variable manually in these commands. Instead we could use the 'ifs' option to set it for all shell commands (i.e. 'set ifs "\n"'). This can be especially useful for interactive use (e.g. '$rm $f' or '$rm $fs' would simply work). This option is not set by default as it can behave unexpectedly for new users. However, use of this option is highly recommended and it is assumed in the rest of the documentation. Regular shell commands have some limitations in some cases. When an output or error message is given and the command exits afterwards, the ui is immediately resumed and there is no way to see the message without dropping to shell again. Also, even when there is no output or error, the ui still needs to be paused while the command is running. This can cause flickering on the screen for short commands and similar distractions for longer commands. Instead of pausing the ui, piping shell commands connects stdin, stdout, and stderr of the command to the statline in the bottom of the ui. This can be useful for programs following the Unix philosophy to give no output in the success case, and brief error messages or prompts in other cases. For example, following rename command prompts for overwrite in the statline if there is an existing file with the given name: You can also output error messages in the command and it will show up in the statline. For example, an alternative rename command may look like this: Note that input is line buffered and output and error are byte buffered. Waiting shell commands are similar to regular shell commands except that they wait for a key press when the command is finished. These can be useful to see the output of a program before the ui is resumed. Waiting shell commands are more appropriate than piping shell commands when the command is verbose and the output is best displayed as multiline. Asynchronous shell commands are used to start a command in the background and then resume operation without waiting for the command to finish. Stdin, stdout, and stderr of the command is neither connected to the terminal nor to the ui. One of the more advanced features in lf is remote commands. All clients connect to a server on startup. It is possible to send commands to all or any of the connected clients over the common server. This is used internally to notify file selection changes to other clients. To use this feature, you need to use a client which supports communicating with a Unix domain socket. OpenBSD implementation of netcat (nc) is one such example. You can use it to send a command to the socket file: Since such a client may not be available everywhere, lf comes bundled with a command line flag to be used as such. When using lf, you do not need to specify the address of the socket file. This is the recommended way of using remote commands since it is shorter and immune to socket file address changes: In this command 'send' is used to send the rest of the string as a command to all connected clients. You can optionally give it an id number to send a command to a single client: All clients have a unique id number but you may not be aware of the id number when you are writing a command. For this purpose, an '$id' variable is exported to the environment for shell commands. The value of this variable is set to the process id of the client. You can use it to send a remote command from a client to the server which in return sends a command back to itself. So now you can display a message in the current client by calling the following in a shell command: Since lf does not have control flow syntax, remote commands are used for such needs. For example, you can configure the number of columns in the ui with respect to the terminal width as follows: In addition, the 'query' command can be used to obtain information about a specific lf instance by providing its id: The following types of information are supported: This is useful for scripting actions based on the internal state of lf. For example, to select a previous command using fzf and execute it: There is also a 'quit' command to quit the server when there are no connected clients left, and a 'quit!' command to force quit the server by closing client connections first: Lastly, there is a 'conn' command to connect the server as a client. This should not be needed for users. lf uses its own builtin copy and move operations by default. These are implemented as asynchronous operations and progress is shown in the bottom ruler. These commands do not overwrite existing files or directories with the same name. Instead, a suffix that is compatible with '--backup=numbered' option in GNU cp is added to the new files or directories. Only file modes and (some) timestamps can be preserved (see `preserve` option), all other attributes are ignored including ownership, context, and xattr. Special files such as character and block devices, named pipes, and sockets are skipped and links are not followed. Moving is performed using the rename operation of the underlying OS. For cross-device moving, lf falls back to copying and then deletes the original files if there are no errors. Operation errors are shown in the message line as well as the log file and they do not preemptively finish the corresponding file operation. File operations can be performed on the current selected file or alternatively on multiple files by selecting them first. When you 'copy' a file, lf doesn't actually copy the file on the disk, but only records its name to a file. The actual file copying takes place when you 'paste'. Similarly 'paste' after a 'cut' operation moves the file. You can customize copy and move operations by defining a 'paste' command. This is a special command that is called when it is defined instead of the builtin implementation. You can use the following example as a starting point: Some useful things to be considered are to use the backup ('--backup') and/or preserve attributes ('-a') options with 'cp' and 'mv' commands if they support it (i.e. GNU implementation), change the command type to asynchronous, or use 'rsync' command with progress bar option for copying and feed the progress to the client periodically with remote 'echo' calls. By default, lf does not assign 'delete' command to a key to protect new users. You can customize file deletion by defining a 'delete' command. You can also assign a key to this command if you like. An example command to move selected files to a trash folder and remove files completely after a prompt are provided in the example configuration file. There are two mechanisms implemented in lf to search a file in the current directory. Searching is the traditional method to move the selection to a file matching a given pattern. Finding is an alternative way to search for a pattern possibly using fewer keystrokes. Searching mechanism is implemented with commands 'search' (default '/'), 'search-back' (default '?'), 'search-next' (default 'n'), and 'search-prev' (default 'N'). You can enable 'globsearch' option to match with a glob pattern. Globbing supports '*' to match any sequence, '?' to match any character, and '[...]' or '[^...] to match character sets or ranges. You can enable 'incsearch' option to jump to the current match at each keystroke while typing. In this mode, you can either use 'cmd-enter' to accept the search or use 'cmd-escape' to cancel the search. You can also map some other commands with 'cmap' to accept the search and execute the command immediately afterwards. For example, you can use the right arrow key to finish the search and open the selected file with the following mapping: Finding mechanism is implemented with commands 'find' (default 'f'), 'find-back' (default 'F'), 'find-next' (default ';'), 'find-prev' (default ','). You can disable 'anchorfind' option to match a pattern at an arbitrary position in the filename instead of the beginning. You can set the number of keys to match using 'findlen' option. If you set this value to zero, then the the keys are read until there is only a single match. Default values of these two options are set to jump to the first file with the given initial. Some options effect both searching and finding. You can disable 'wrapscan' option to prevent searches to wrap around at the end of the file list. You can disable 'ignorecase' option to match cases in the pattern and the filename. This option is already automatically overridden if the pattern contains upper case characters. You can disable 'smartcase' option to disable this behavior. Two similar options 'ignoredia' and 'smartdia' are provided to control matching diacritics in latin letters. You can define a an 'open' command (default 'l' and '<right>') to configure file opening. This command is only called when the current file is not a directory, otherwise the directory is entered instead. You can define it just as you would define any other command: It is possible to use different command types: You may want to use either file extensions or mime types from 'file' command: You may want to use 'setsid' before your opener command to have persistent processes that continue to run after lf quits. Regular shell commands (i.e. '$') drop to terminal which results in a flicker for commands that finishes immediately (e.g. 'xdg-open' in the above example). If you want to use asynchronous shell commands (i.e. '&') but also want to use the terminal when necessary (e.g. 'vi' in the above exxample), you can use a remote command: Note, asynchronous shell commands run in their own process group by default so they do not require the manual use of 'setsid'. Following command is provided by default: You may also use any other existing file openers as you like. Possible options are 'libfile-mimeinfo-perl' (executable name is 'mimeopen'), 'rifle' (ranger's default file opener), or 'mimeo' to name a few. lf previews files on the preview pane by printing the file until the end or the preview pane is filled. This output can be enhanced by providing a custom preview script for filtering. This can be used to highlight source codes, list contents of archive files or view pdf or image files to name a few. For coloring lf recognizes ansi escape codes. In order to use this feature you need to set the value of 'previewer' option to the path of an executable file. Five arguments are passed to the file, (1) current file name, (2) width, (3) height, (4) horizontal position, and (5) vertical position of preview pane respectively. Output of the execution is printed in the preview pane. You may also want to use the same script in your pager mapping as well: For 'less' pager, you may instead utilize 'LESSOPEN' mechanism so that useful information about the file such as the full path of the file can still be displayed in the statusline below: Since this script is called for each file selection change it needs to be as efficient as possible and this responsibility is left to the user. You may use file extensions to determine the type of file more efficiently compared to obtaining mime types from 'file' command. Extensions can then be used to match cleanly within a conditional: Another important consideration for efficiency is the use of programs with short startup times for preview. For this reason, 'highlight' is recommended over 'pygmentize' for syntax highlighting. Besides, it is also important that the application is processing the file on the fly rather than first reading it to the memory and then do the processing afterwards. This is especially relevant for big files. lf automatically closes the previewer script output pipe with a SIGPIPE when enough lines are read. When everything else fails, you can make use of the height argument to only feed the first portion of the file to a program for preview. Note that some programs may not respond well to SIGPIPE to exit with a non-zero return code and avoid caching. You may add a trailing '|| true' command to avoid such errors: You may also use an existing preview filter as you like. Your system may already come with a preview filter named 'lesspipe'. These filters may have a mechanism to add user customizations as well. See the related documentations for more information. lf changes the working directory of the process to the current directory so that shell commands always work in the displayed directory. After quitting, it returns to the original directory where it is first launched like all shell programs. If you want to stay in the current directory after quitting, you can use one of the example lfcd wrapper shell scripts provided in the repository at https://github.com/gokcehan/lf/tree/master/etc There is a special command 'on-cd' that runs a shell command when it is defined and the directory is changed. You can define it just as you would define any other command: If you want to print escape sequences, you may redirect 'printf' output to '/dev/tty'. The following xterm specific escape sequence sets the terminal title to the working directory: This command runs whenever you change directory but not on startup. You can add an extra call to make it run on startup as well: Note that all shell commands are possible but '%' and '&' are usually more appropriate as '$' and '!' causes flickers and pauses respectively. There is also a 'pre-cd' command, that works like 'on-cd', but is run before the directory is actually changed. lf tries to automatically adapt its colors to the environment. It starts with a default colorscheme and updates colors using values of existing environment variables possibly by overwriting its previous values. Colors are set in the following order: Please refer to the corresponding man pages for more information about 'LSCOLORS' and 'LS_COLORS'. 'LF_COLORS' is provided with the same syntax as 'LS_COLORS' in case you want to configure colors only for lf but not ls. This can be useful since there are some differences between ls and lf, though one should expect the same behavior for common cases. Colors file is provided for easier configuration without environment variables. This file should consist of whitespace separated pairs with '#' character to start comments until the end of line. You can configure lf colors in two different ways. First, you can only configure 8 basic colors used by your terminal and lf should pick up those colors automatically. Depending on your terminal, you should be able to select your colors from a 24-bit palette. This is the recommended approach as colors used by other programs will also match each other. Second, you can set the values of environment variables or colors file mentioned above for fine grained customization. Note that 'LS_COLORS/LF_COLORS' are more powerful than 'LSCOLORS' and they can be used even when GNU programs are not installed on the system. You can combine this second method with the first method for best results. Lastly, you may also want to configure the colors of the prompt line to match the rest of the colors. Colors of the prompt line can be configured using the 'promptfmt' option which can include hardcoded colors as ansi escapes. See the default value of this option to have an idea about how to color this line. It is worth noting that lf uses as many colors advertised by your terminal's entry in terminfo or infocmp databases on your system. If an entry is not present, it falls back to an internal database. If your terminal supports 24-bit colors but either does not have a database entry or does not advertise all capabilities, you can enable support by setting the '$COLORTERM' variable to 'truecolor' or ensuring '$TERM' is set to a value that ends with '-truecolor'. Default lf colors are mostly taken from GNU dircolors defaults. These defaults use 8 basic colors and bold attribute. Default dircolors entries with background colors are simplified to avoid confusion with current file selection in lf. Similarly, there are only file type matchings and extension matchings are left out for simplicity. Default values are as follows given with their matching order in lf: Note that lf first tries matching file names and then falls back to file types. The full order of matchings from most specific to least are as follows: For example, given a regular text file '/path/to/README.txt', the following entries are checked in the configuration and the first one to match is used: Given a regular directory '/path/to/example.d', the following entries are checked in the configuration and the first one to match is used: Note that glob-like patterns do not actually perform glob matching due to performance reasons. For example, you can set a variable as follows: Having all entries on a single line can make it hard to read. You may instead divide it to multiple lines in between double quotes by escaping newlines with backslashes as follows: Having such a long variable definition in a shell configuration file might be undesirable. You may instead use the colors file for configuration. A sample colors file can be found at https://github.com/gokcehan/lf/blob/master/etc/colors.example You may also see the wiki page for ansi escape codes https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code Icons are configured using 'LF_ICONS' environment variable or an icons file. The variable uses the same syntax as 'LS_COLORS/LF_COLORS'. Instead of colors, you should put a single characters as values of entries. Icons file should consist of whitespace separated pairs with '#' character to start comments until the end of line. Do not forget to enable 'icons' option to see the icons. Default values are as follows given with their matching order in lf: A sample icons file can be found at https://github.com/gokcehan/lf/blob/master/etc/icons.example

Package mediatailor provides the API client, operations, and parameter types for AWS MediaTailor. Use the AWS Elemental MediaTailor SDKs and CLI to configure scalable ad insertion and linear channels. With MediaTailor, you can assemble existing content into a linear stream and serve targeted ads to viewers while maintaining broadcast quality in over-the-top (OTT) video applications. For information about using the service, including detailed information about the settings covered in this guide, see the AWS Elemental MediaTailor User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediatailor/latest/ug/) . Through the SDKs and the CLI you manage AWS Elemental MediaTailor configurations and channels the same as you do through the console. For example, you specify ad insertion behavior and mapping information for the origin server and the ad decision server (ADS).

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configuratoins. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). This default retry policy can be created using: You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy(request level configuration), alternatively, global(all services) or client level RetryPolicy configration is also possible. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The Retry behavior Precedence (Highest to lowest) is defined as below:- The OCI Go SDK defines a default retry policy that retries on the errors suitable for retries (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm), for a recommended period of time (up to 7 attempts spread out over at most approximately 1.5 minutes). The default retry policy is defined by : Default Retry-able Errors Below is the list of default retry-able errors for which retry attempts should be made. The following errors should be retried (with backoff). HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above errors, retries should also be attempted in the following Client Side errors : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) The above errors can be avoided through retrying and hence, are classified as the default retry-able errors. Additionally, retries should also be made for Circuit Breaker exceptions (Exceptions raised by Circuit Breaker in an open state) Default Termination Strategy The termination strategy defines when SDKs should stop attempting to retry. In other words, it's the deadline for retries. The OCI SDKs should stop retrying the operation after 7 retry attempts. This means the SDKs will have retried for ~98 seconds or ~1.5 minutes have elapsed due to total delays. SDKs will make a total of 8 attempts. (1 initial request + 7 retries) Default Delay Strategy Default Delay Strategy - The delay strategy defines the amount of time to wait between each of the retry attempts. The default delay strategy chosen for the SDK – Exponential backoff with jitter, using: 1. The base time to use in retry calculations will be 1 second 2. An exponent of 2. When calculating the next retry time, the SDK will raise this to the power of the number of attempts 3. A maximum wait time between calls of 30 seconds (Capped) 4. Added jitter value between 0-1000 milliseconds to spread out the requests Configure and use default retry policy You can set this retry policy for a single request: or for all requests made by a client: or for all requests made by all clients: or setting default retry via environment varaible, which is a global switch for all services: Some services enable retry for operations by default, this can be overridden using any alternatives mentioned above. To know which service operations have retries enabled by default, look at the operation's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has retries enabled by default Some resources may have to be replicated across regions and are only eventually consistent. That means the request to create, update, or delete the resource succeeded, but the resource is not available everywhere immediately. Creating, updating, or deleting any resource in the Identity service is affected by eventual consistency, and doing so may cause other operations in other services to fail until the Identity resource has been replicated. For example, the request to CreateTag in the Identity service in the home region succeeds, but immediately using that created tag in another region in a request to LaunchInstance in the Compute service may fail. If you are creating, updating, or deleting resources in the Identity service, we recommend using an eventually consistent retry policy for any service you access. The default retry policy already deals with eventual consistency. Example: This retry policy will use a different strategy if an eventually consistent change was made in the recent past (called the "eventually consistent window", currently defined to be 4 minutes after the eventually consistent change). This special retry policy for eventual consistency will: 1. make up to 9 attempts (including the initial attempt); if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made 2. retry at most until (a) approximately the end of the eventually consistent window or (b) the end of the default retry period of about 1.5 minutes, whichever is farther in the future; if an attempt is successful, no more attempts will be made, and the OCI Go SDK will not wait any longer 3. retry on the error codes 400-RelatedResourceNotAuthorizedOrNotFound, 404-NotAuthorizedOrNotFound, and 409-NotAuthorizedOrResourceAlreadyExists, for which the default retry policy does not retry, in addition to the errors the default retry policy retries on (see https://docs.oracle.com/en-us/iaas/Content/API/References/apierrors.htm) If there were no eventually consistent actions within the recent past, then this special retry strategy is not used. If you want a retry policy that does not handle eventual consistency in a special way, for example because you retry on all error responses, you can use DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency or NewRetryPolicyWithOptions with the common.ReplaceWithValuesFromRetryPolicy(common.DefaultRetryPolicyWithoutEventualConsistency()) option: The NewRetryPolicy function also creates a retry policy without eventual consistency. Circuit Breaker can prevent an application repeatedly trying to execute an operation that is likely to fail, allowing it to continue without waiting for the fault to be rectified or wasting CPU cycles, of course, it also enables an application to detect whether the fault has been resolved. If the problem appears to have been rectified, the application can attempt to invoke the operation. Go SDK intergrates sony/gobreaker solution, wraps in a circuit breaker object, which monitors for failures. Once the failures reach a certain threshold, the circuit breaker trips, and all further calls to the circuit breaker return with an error, this also saves the service from being overwhelmed with network calls in case of an outage. Circuit Breaker Configuration Definitions 1. Failure Rate Threshold - The state of the CircuitBreaker changes from CLOSED to OPEN when the failure rate is equal or greater than a configurable threshold. For example when more than 50% of the recorded calls have failed. 2. Reset Timeout - The timeout after which an open circuit breaker will attempt a request if a request is made 3. Failure Exceptions - The list of Exceptions that will be regarded as failures for the circuit. 4. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - Configures the minimum number of calls which are required (per sliding window period) before the CircuitBreaker can calculate the error rate. 1. Failure Rate Threshold - 80% - This means when 80% of the requests calculated for a time window of 120 seconds have failed then the circuit will transition from closed to open. 2. Minimum number of calls/ Volume threshold - A value of 10, for the above defined time window of 120 seconds. 3. Reset Timeout - 30 seconds to wait before setting the breaker to halfOpen state, and trying the action again. 4. Failure Exceptions - The failures for the circuit will only be recorded for the retryable/transient exceptions. This means only the following exceptions will be regarded as failure for the circuit. HTTP Code Customer-facing Error Code Apart from the above, the following client side exceptions will also be treated as a failure for the circuit : 1. HTTP Connection timeout 2. Request Connection Errors 3. Request Exceptions 4. Other timeouts (like Read Timeout) Go SDK enable circuit breaker with default configuration for most of the service clients, if you don't want to enable the solution, can disable the functionality before your application running Go SDK also supports customize Circuit Breaker with specified configurations. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_circuitbreaker_test.go To know which service clients have circuit breakers enabled, look at the service client's description in the SDK - it will say whether that it has circuit breakers enabled by default The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

Package iox contains I/O utilities. The primary concern of the package is managing and minimizing the use of file descriptors, an operating system resource which is often in short supply in high-concurrency servers. The two objects that help in this are the Filer and BufferFile. A filer manages a allotment of file descriptors, blocking on file creation until an old file closes and frees up a descriptor allotment. A BufferFile keeps a fraction of its contents in memory. If the number of bytes stored in a BufferFile is small, no file descriptor is ever used.

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go If you are trying to make a PUT/POST API call with binary request body, please make sure the binary request body is resettable, which means the request body should inherit Seeker interface. The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help

This is the official Go SDK for Oracle Cloud Infrastructure Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#installing for installation instructions. Refer to https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring for configuration instructions. The following example shows how to get started with the SDK. The example belows creates an identityClient struct with the default configuration. It then utilizes the identityClient to list availability domains and prints them out to stdout More examples can be found in the SDK Github repo: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/tree/master/example Optional fields are represented with the `mandatory:"false"` tag on input structs. The SDK will omit all optional fields that are nil when making requests. In the case of enum-type fields, the SDK will omit fields whose value is an empty string. The SDK uses pointers for primitive types in many input structs. To aid in the construction of such structs, the SDK provides functions that return a pointer for a given value. For example: The SDK exposes functionality that allows the user to customize any http request before is sent to the service. You can do so by setting the `Interceptor` field in any of the `Client` structs. For example: The Interceptor closure gets called before the signing process, thus any changes done to the request will be properly signed and submitted to the service. The SDK exposes a stand-alone signer that can be used to signing custom requests. Related code can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/http_signer.go. The example below shows how to create a default signer. The signer also allows more granular control on the headers used for signing. For example: You can combine a custom signer with the exposed clients in the SDK. This allows you to add custom signed headers to the request. Following is an example: Bear in mind that some services have a white list of headers that it expects to be signed. Therefore, adding an arbitrary header can result in authentications errors. To see a runnable example, see https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_identity_test.go For more information on the signing algorithm refer to: https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/Content/API/Concepts/signingrequests.htm Some operations accept or return polymorphic JSON objects. The SDK models such objects as interfaces. Further the SDK provides structs that implement such interfaces. Thus, for all operations that expect interfaces as input, pass the struct in the SDK that satisfies such interface. For example: In the case of a polymorphic response you can type assert the interface to the expected type. For example: An example of polymorphic JSON request handling can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_test.go#L63 When calling a list operation, the operation will retrieve a page of results. To retrieve more data, call the list operation again, passing in the value of the most recent response's OpcNextPage as the value of Page in the next list operation call. When there is no more data the OpcNextPage field will be nil. An example of pagination using this logic can be found here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_core_pagination_test.go The SDK has a built-in logging mechanism used internally. The internal logging logic is used to record the raw http requests, responses and potential errors when (un)marshalling request and responses. Built-in logging in the SDK is controlled via the environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" and its contents. The below are possible values for the "OCI_GO_SDK_DEBUG" variable 1. "info" or "i" enables all info logging messages 2. "debug" or "d" enables all debug and info logging messages 3. "verbose" or "v" or "1" enables all verbose, debug and info logging messages 4. "null" turns all logging messages off. If the value of the environment variable does not match any of the above then default logging level is "info". If the environment variable is not present then no logging messages are emitted. The default destination for logging is Stderr and if you want to output log to a file you can set via environment variable "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_OUTPUT_MODE". The below are possible values 1. "file" or "f" enables all logging output saved to file 2. "combine" or "c" enables all logging output to both stderr and file You can also customize the log file location and name via "OCI_GO_SDK_LOG_FILE" environment variable, the value should be the path to a specific file If this environment variable is not present, the default location will be the project root path Sometimes you may need to wait until an attribute of a resource, such as an instance or a VCN, reaches a certain state. An example of this would be launching an instance and then waiting for the instance to become available, or waiting until a subnet in a VCN has been terminated. You might also want to retry the same operation again if there's network issue etc... This can be accomplished by using the RequestMetadata.RetryPolicy. You can find the examples here: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_retry_test.go The GO SDK uses the net/http package to make calls to OCI services. If your environment requires you to use a proxy server for outgoing HTTP requests then you can set this up in the following ways: 1. Configuring environment variable as described here https://golang.org/pkg/net/http/#ProxyFromEnvironment 2. Modifying the underlying Transport struct for a service client In order to modify the underlying Transport struct in HttpClient, you can do something similar to (sample code for audit service client): The Object Storage service supports multipart uploads to make large object uploads easier by splitting the large object into parts. The Go SDK supports raw multipart upload operations for advanced use cases, as well as a higher level upload class that uses the multipart upload APIs. For links to the APIs used for multipart upload operations, see Managing Multipart Uploads (https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/Object/Tasks/usingmultipartuploads.htm). Higher level multipart uploads are implemented using the UploadManager, which will: split a large object into parts for you, upload the parts in parallel, and then recombine and commit the parts as a single object in storage. This code sample shows how to use the UploadManager to automatically split an object into parts for upload to simplify interaction with the Object Storage service: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/example/example_objectstorage_test.go Some response fields are enum-typed. In the future, individual services may return values not covered by existing enums for that field. To address this possibility, every enum-type response field is a modeled as a type that supports any string. Thus if a service returns a value that is not recognized by your version of the SDK, then the response field will be set to this value. When individual services return a polymorphic JSON response not available as a concrete struct, the SDK will return an implementation that only satisfies the interface modeling the polymorphic JSON response. If you are using a version of the SDK released prior to the announcement of a new region, you may need to use a workaround to reach it, depending on whether the region is in the oraclecloud.com realm. A region is a localized geographic area. For more information on regions and how to identify them, see Regions and Availability Domains(https://docs.cloud.oracle.com/iaas/Content/General/Concepts/regions.htm). A realm is a set of regions that share entities. You can identify your realm by looking at the domain name at the end of the network address. For example, the realm for xyz.abc.123.oraclecloud.com is oraclecloud.com. oraclecloud.com Realm: For regions in the oraclecloud.com realm, even if common.Region does not contain the new region, the forward compatibility of the SDK can automatically handle it. You can pass new region names just as you would pass ones that are already defined. For more information on passing region names in the configuration, see Configuring (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/README.md#configuring). For details on common.Region, see (https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/common/common.go). Other Realms: For regions in realms other than oraclecloud.com, you can use the following workarounds to reach new regions with earlier versions of the SDK. NOTE: Be sure to supply the appropriate endpoints for your region. You can overwrite the target host with client.Host: If you are authenticating via instance principals, you can set the authentication endpoint in an environment variable: Got a fix for a bug, or a new feature you'd like to contribute? The SDK is open source and accepting pull requests on GitHub https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk Licensing information available at: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/blob/master/LICENSE.txt To be notified when a new version of the Go SDK is released, subscribe to the following feed: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk/releases.atom Please refer to this link: https://github.com/oracle/oci-go-sdk#help